diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'vms/NetPBM.TeX')
| -rw-r--r-- | vms/NetPBM.TeX | 12115 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 12115 deletions
diff --git a/vms/NetPBM.TeX b/vms/NetPBM.TeX deleted file mode 100644 index 86a9abc8..00000000 --- a/vms/NetPBM.TeX +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12115 +0,0 @@ -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex (version 1.04, July 15, 1991) -% on Thu Dec 12 09:12:27 1991 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) - -\documentstyle[troffman,twoside]{article} -\begin{document} -% -% input file: pbmplus.1 -% -\phead{PBMPLUS}{1L}{13 October 1993}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmplus - enhanced portable bitmap toolkit - -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -The {\it pbmplus} toolkit allows conversions between image files of -different format. By means of using common intermediate formats, only -$2 \times N$ conversion filters are required to support $N$ distinct formats, -instead of the $N^2$ which would be required to convert directly between -any one format and any other. The package also includes simple tools for -manipulating portable bitmaps. - -The package consists of four upwardly compatible sections: -\begin{TPlist}{pbm} -\item[{pbm}] -Supports monochrome bitmaps (1 bit per pixel). -\item[{pgm}] -Supports grayscale images. Reads either {\it pbm} or {\it pgm} formats -and writes {\it pgm} format. -\item[{ppm}] -Supports full-color images. Reads either {\it pbm}, {\it pgm}, or {\it -ppm} formats, writes {\it ppm} format. -\item[{pnm}] -Supports content-independent manipulations on any of the three formats -listed above, as well as external formats having multiple types. Reads -either {\it pbm}, {\it pgm}, or {\it ppm} formats, and generally writes -the same type as it read (whenever a {\it pnm} tool makes an exception -and ``promotes'' a file to a higher format, it informs the user). -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{DESCRIPTION OF CONTENTS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\it cmuwmtopbm}} -\item[{{\it atktopbm}}] -convert Andrew Toolkit raster object to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it brushtopbm}}] -convert Xerox doodle brushes to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it cmuwmtopbm}}] -convert CMU window manager format to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it g3topbm}}] -convert Group 3 FAX to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it icontopbm}}] -convert Sun icon to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it gemtopbm}}] -convert GEM .img format to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it macptopbm}}] -convert MacPaint to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it mgrtopbm}}] -convert MGR format to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it pbmmerge}}] -merge wrapper routine -\item[{{\it pbmto10x}}] -convert portable bitmap to Gemini 10x printer graphics -\item[{{\it pbmtoascii}}] -convert portable bitmap to ASCII graphic form -\item[{{\it pbmtoatk}}] -convert portable bitmap to Andrew Toolkit raster object -\item[{{\it pbmtobbnbg}}] -convert portable bitmap to BBN BitGraph graphics -\item[{{\it pbmtocmuwm}}] -convert portable bitmap to CMU window manager format -\item[{{\it pbmtoepson}}] -convert portable bitmap to Epson printer graphics -\item[{{\it pbmtog3}}] -convert portable bitmap to Group 3 FAX -\item[{{\it pbmtogem}}] -convert portable bitmap into GEM .img file -\item[{{\it pbmtogo}}] -convert portable bitmap to GraphOn graphics -\item[{{\it pbmtoicon}}] -convert portable bitmap to Sun icon -\item[{{\it pbmtolj}}] -convert portable bitmap to HP LaserJet graphics -\item[{{\it pbmtomacp}}] -convert portable bitmap to MacPaint -\item[{{\it pbmtomgr}}] -convert portable bitmap to MGR format -\item[{{\it pbmtopi3}}] -convert portable bitmap to Atari Degas .pi3 -\item[{{\it pbmtoplot}}] -convert portable bitmap into Unix plot(5) file -\item[{{\it pbmtoptx}}] -convert portable bitmap to Printronix graphics -\item[{{\it pbmtoxbm}}] -convert portable bitmap to X11 bitmap -\item[{{\it pbmtox10bm}}] -convert portable bitmap to X10 bitmap -\item[{{\it pbmtoybm}}] -convert portable bitmap into Bennet Yee ``face'' file -\item[{{\it pbmtozinc}}] -convert portable bitmap to Zinc Interface Library icon -\item[{{\it pbmlife}}] -apply Conway's rules of Life to a portable bitmap -\item[{{\it pbmmake}}] -create a blank bitmap of a specified size and color -\item[{{\it pbmmask}}] -create a mask bitmap from a regular bitmap -\item[{{\it pbmreduce}}] -reduce a portable bitmap N times, using Floyd-Steinberg -\item[{{\it pbmtext}}] -render text into a bitmap -\item[{{\it pbmupc}}] -create a Universal Product Code bitmap -\item[{{\it pi3topbm}}] -convert Atari Degas .pi3 to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it xbmtopbm}}] -convert X10 or X11 bitmap to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it ybmtopbm}}] -convert Bennet Yee ``face'' file into portable bitmap -\item[{{\it asciitopgm}}] -convert ASCII graphics into a portable graymap -\item[{{\it fstopgm}}] -convert Usenix FaceSaver$^{\rm tm}$ format to portable graymap -\item[{{\it hipstopgm}}] -convert HIPS format to portable graymap -\item[{{\it lispmtopgm}}] -convert a Lisp Machine bitmap file into pgm format -\item[{{\it pgmbentley}}] -Bentleyize a portable graymap -\item[{{\it pgmcrater}}] -create cratered terrain by fractal forgery -\item[{{\it pgmedge}}] -edge-detect a portable graymap -\item[{{\it pgmenhance}}] -edge-enhance a portable graymap -\item[{{\it pgmhist}}] -print a histogram of the values in a portable graymap -\item[{{\it pgmkernel}}] -generate a convolution kernel -\item[{{\it pgmmerge}}] -merge wrapper routine -\item[{{\it pgmnoise}}] -create a graymap made up of white noise -\item[{{\it pgmnorm}}] -normalize contrast in a portable graymap -\item[{{\it pgmoil}}] -turn a portable graymap into an oil painting -\item[{{\it pgmramp}}] -generate a grayscale ramp -\item[{{\it pgmtexture}}] -calculate textural features on a portable graymap -\item[{{\it pgmtofits}}] -convert portable graymap to FITS format -\item[{{\it pgmtofs}}] -convert portable graymap to Usenix FaceSaver$^{\rm tm}$ format -\item[{{\it pgmtolispm}}] -convert a portable graymap into Lisp Machine format -\item[{{\it pgmtopbm}}] -convert portable graymap to portable bitmap -\item[{{\it psidtopgm}}] -convert PostScript ``image'' data to portable graymap -\item[{{\it rawtopgm}}] -convert raw grayscale bytes to portable graymap -\item[{{\it giftoppm}}] -convert GIF to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it gouldtoppm}}] -convert Gould scanner file to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it ilbmtoppm}}] -convert IFF ILBM to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it imgtoppm}}] -convert Img-whatnot to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it mtvtoppm}}] -convert MTV ray-tracer output to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it pcxtoppm}}] -convert PC Paintbrush format to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it pgmtoppm}}] -colorize a portable graymap into a portable pixmap -\item[{{\it pi1toppm}}] -convert Atari Degas .pi1 to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it picttoppm}}] -convert Macintosh PICT to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it pjtoppm}}] -convert HP PaintJet file to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it ppmchange}}] -change all pixels of one color to another in a portable pixmap -\item[{{\it ppmdim}}] -dim a portable pixmap down to total blackness -\item[{{\it ppmdist}}] -simplistic grayscale assignment for machine generated, color images -\item[{{\it ppmdither}}] -ordered dither for color images -\item[{{\it ppmflash}}] -brighten a picture up to complete white-out -\item[{{\it ppmforge}}] -fractal forgeries of clouds, planets, and starry skies -\item[{{\it ppmhist}}] -print a histogram of a portable pixmap -\item[{{\it ppmmake}}] -create a pixmap of a specified size and color -\item[{{\it ppmmerge}}] -merge wrapper routine -\item[{{\it ppmmix}}] -blend together two portable pixmaps -\item[{{\it ppmpat}}] -create a pretty pixmap -\item[{{\it ppmquant}}] -quantize colors down to a specified number -\item[{{\it ppmquantall}}] -script to run ppmquant on a set of pixmaps -\item[{{\it ppmrelief}}] -run a Laplacian Relief filter on a portable pixmap -\item[{{\it ppmshift}}] -shift lines of a portable pixmap left or right by a random amount -\item[{{\it ppmspread}}] -displace a portable pixmap's pixels by a random amount -\item[{{\it ppmtoacad}}] -convert portable pixmap to AutoCAD database or slide -\item[{{\it ppmtoicr}}] -convert portable pixmap to NCSA ICR graphics -\item[{{\it ppmtoilbm}}] -convert portable pixmap to IFF ILBM -\item[{{\it ppmtomitsu}}] -convert a portable pixmap to a Mitsubishi S340-10 file -\item[{{\it ppmtopcx}}] -convert portable pixmap to PC Paintbrush format -\item[{{\it ppmtopgm}}] -convert portable pixmap to portable graymap -\item[{{\it ppmtopi1}}] -convert portable pixmap to Atari Degas .pi1 -\item[{{\it ppmtopict}}] -convert portable pixmap to Macintosh PICT -\item[{{\it ppmtopj}}] -convert portable pixmap to HP PaintJet file -\item[{{\it ppmtopuzz}}] -convert portable pixmap to X11 ``puzzle'' file -\item[{{\it ppmtorgb3}}] -separate a portable pixmap into three portable graymaps -\item[{{\it ppmtosixel}}] -convert portable pixmap to DEC sixel format -\item[{{\it ppmtotga}}] -convert portable pixmap to TrueVision Targa file -\item[{{\it ppmtouil}}] -convert portable pixmap to Motif UIL icon file -\item[{{\it ppmtoxpm}}] -convert portable pixmap to XPM format -\item[{{\it ppmtoyuv}}] -convert portable pixmap to Abekas YUV format -\item[{{\it qrttoppm}}] -convert QRT ray-tracer output to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it rawtoppm}}] -convert raw RGB bytes to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it rgb3toppm}}] -combine three portable graymaps into one portable pixmap -\item[{{\it sldtoppm}}] -convert an AutoCAD slide file into a portable pixmap -\item[{{\it spctoppm}}] -convert Atari compressed Spectrum to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it sputoppm}}] -convert Atari uncompressed Spectrum to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it tgatoppm}}] -convert TrueVision Targa file to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it ximtoppm}}] -convert Xim to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it xvminitoppm}}] -convert a XV ``thumbnail'' picture to PPM -\item[{{\it xpmtoppm}}] -convert XPM format to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it yuvtoppm}}] -convert Abekas YUV format to portable pixmap -\item[{{\it anytopnm}}] -script to attempt to convert any format to P?M -\item[{{\it pnmalias}}] -antialias a portable anyumap. -\item[{{\it pnmarith}}] -perform arithmetic on two portable anymaps -\item[{{\it pnmcat}}] -concatenate portable anymaps -\item[{{\it pnmconvol}}] -general MxN convolution on a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmcrop}}] -crop all like-colored borders off a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmcut}}] -select a rectangular region from a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmdepth}}] -change the maxval in a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmenlarge}}] -enlarge a portable anymap N times -\item[{{\it pnmfile}}] -describe a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmflip}}] -perform one or more flip operations on a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmgamma}}] -perform gamma correction on a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmindex}}] -script to build a visual index of a bunch of anymaps -\item[{{\it pnminvert}}] -invert a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmmargin}}] -script to add a margin to a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmmerge}}] -merge wrapper routine -\item[{{\it pnmnoraw}}] -force a portable anymap into ASCII format -\item[{{\it pnmpaste}}] -paste a rectangle into a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmrotate}}] -rotate a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmscale}}] -scale a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmshear}}] -shear a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pnmsmooth}}] -script that uses pnmconvol to smooth a anymap -\item[{{\it pnmtile}}] -replicate a portable anymap into a specified size -\item[{{\it pnmtofits}}] -convert a portable anymap into FITS format -\item[{{\it pnmtogif}}] -convert portable anymap to GIF -\item[{{\it pnmtops}}] -convert portable anymap to PostScript -\item[{{\it pnmtorast}}] -convert portable anymap to Sun raster file -\item[{{\it pnmtotiff}}] -convert portable anymap to TIFF file -\item[{{\it pnmtoxwd}}] -convert portable anymap to X11 window dump -\item[{{\it fitstopnm}}] -fitstopnm - convert a FITS file into a portable anymap -\item[{{\it pstopnm}}] -script to convert PS to portable anymap with GhostScript -\item[{{\it rasttopnm}}] -convert Sun raster file to portable anymap -\item[{{\it tifftopnm}}] -convert TIFF file to portable anymap -\item[{{\it xwdtopnm}}] -convert X10 or X11 window dump to portable anymap -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -There are a number of related image-manipulation tools: -\begin{TPlist}{{\it Fuzzy Pixmap Manipulation}} -\item[{{\it IM Raster Toolkit}}] -A portable and efficient format toolkit. The format supports pixels of -arbitrary channels, components, and bit precisions, while allowing -compression and machine byte-order independence. Support for image -manipulation, digital halftoning, and format conversion. Previously -distributed on tape c/o the University of Waterloo (an {\it ftp} -version is to appear later). Author: Alan Paeth -(awpaeth@watcgl.uwaterloo.ca). -\item[{{\it Utah RLE Toolkit}}] -Conversion and manipulation package, similar to {\it pbmplus}. Available -via {\it ftp} as {\it cs.utah.edu: pub/toolkit-2.0.tar.Z} and {\it -ucsd.edu: graphics\-/utah-raster-toolkit.\-tar.Z}. -\item[{{\it Fuzzy Pixmap Manipulation}}] -Conversion and manipulation package, similar to {\it pbmplus}. Version -1.0 available via {\it ftp} as {\it -nl.cs.cmu.edu: /usr/mlm/ftp/fbm.tar.Z}, {\it -uunet.uu.net: pub/fbm.tar.Z}, and {\it ucsd.edu: graphics/fbm.tar.Z}. -Author: Michael Mauldin (mlm@nl.cs.cmu.edu). -\item[{{\it Img Software Set}}] -Reads and writes its own image format, displaying results on an X11 -screen, and does some image manipulations. Version 1.3 is available via -{\it ftp} as {\it ftp.x.org: contrib/img\_1.3.tar.Z}, and {\it -venera.isi.edu: pub/img\_1.3.tar.Z}, along with a large collection of -color images. Author: Paul Raveling (raveling@venera.isi.edu). -\item[{{\it Xim}}] -Reads and writes its own image format, displays on an X11 screen, and -does some image manipulations. Available in your nearest X11R4 source -tree as {\it contrib/clients/xim}. A more recent version is available -via ftp from {\it video.mit.edu}. It uses X11R4 and the OSF/Motif -toolkit to provide basic interactive image manipulation and reads/writes -GIF, xwd, xbm, tiff, rle, xim, and other formats. Author: Philip R. -Thompson. -\item[{{\it xloadimage}}] -Reads in images in various formats and displays them on an X11 screen. -Available via {\it ftp} as {\it -ftp.x.org: contrib/xloadimage$\ast$}, and in your nearest {\it -comp.sources.\-x} archive. Author: Jim Frost (madd@std.\-com). -\item[{{\it TIFF\ Software}}] -Nice portable library for reading and writing TIFF files, plus a few -tools for manipulating them and reading other formats. Available via -{\it ftp} as {\it sgi.com: graphics/tiff/$\ast$.tar.Z} or {\it -uunet.uu.net: graphics/tiff.tar.Z}. Author: Sam Leffler -(sam@sgi.com). -\item[{{\it ALV}}] -A Sun-specific image toolkit. Version 2.0.6 posted to {\it -comp.sources.\-sun} on 11 December 1989. Also available via email to {\it -alv-users-request @cs.bris.ac.uk}. -\item[{{\it popi}}] -An image manipulation language. Version 2.1 posted to {\it -comp.\-sources.\-misc} on 12 December 1989. -\item[{{\it ImageMagick,}}] -X11 package for display and interactive manipulation of images. Uses its -own format (MIFF), and includes some converters. Available via {\it -ftp} as {\it ftp.x.org: contrib/ImageMagick.$\ast$.tar.Z}. -\item[{{\it Khoros}}] -A huge (\~{}100 meg) graphical development environment based on X11R4. -Components include a visual programming language, code generators for -extending the visual language and adding new application packages to the -system, an interactive user interface editor, an interactive image -display package, an extensive library of image and signal processing -routines, and 2D/3D plotting packages. Available via {\it ftp} as -{\it pprg.unm.edu: pub/khoros/$\ast$}. -\item[{JPEG package}] -JPEG is a a standardized compression method for full-color and gray-scale -images of ``real-world'' scenes; this experimental package includes -programs to compress gif and ppm format files to JPEG format ({\it -cjpeg(1L)),} and to decompress them ({\it djpeg(1L)).} Available by {\it -ftp} as {\it uunet.uu.net: graphics/jpeg/jpegsrc.v4.tar.Z}. -\end{TPlist} - -libpbm(3), libpgm(3), libpnm(3), libppm(3), pbm(5), pgm(5), pnm(5), -ppm(5), rasterfile(1) - -\shead{AUTHOR} -Distribution of 10 December 1991. \copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - -Feedback and questions are welcome. Please send them to: -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{}} -{\nofill - jef@netcom.com - jef@well.sf.ca.us - apple!well!jef -\fill} -\end{IPlist} - -When sending bug reports, always include the output from running any -pbmplus program with the -version flag, including descriptions of the -type of system you are on, the compiler you use, and whether you are -using Makefiles or Imakefiles. - -When suggesting new formats or features, please include whatever -documentation you have, and a uuencoded sample. The response time will -depend upon my schedule and the complexity of the task; if you need it -right away, or it is a complicated job, you might consider paying me. - -The Usenet newsgroup {\it alt.graphics.pixutils} is a forum for -discussion of image conversion and editing packages. Posting queries -there may be better than mailing them to me, since it allows other people -to help provide answers. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided ``as is'' without express or -implied warranty. Thus, you may do what you want with this software. -Build it into your package, steal code from it, whatever. Just be sure -to let people know where it came from. - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Feb 4 14:35:11 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: asciitopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: asciitopgm.1 -% -\phead{asciitopgm}{1}{26 December 1994}{}{} - -%.IX asciitopgm -\shead{NAME} -asciitopgm - convert ASCII graphics into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf asciitopgm} -{\it [}{\rm -d} -{\rm divisor}{\it ]} -{\it height width} -{\rm [}{\it asciifile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads ASCII data as input. -Produces a portable graymap with pixel values which are an approximation -of the ``brightness'' of the ASCII characters, -assuming black-on-white printing. -In other words, a capital M is very dark, a period is ver light, -and a space is white. -Input lines which are fewer than -{\it width} -characters are automatically padded with spaces. -\par -The -{\it divisor} -argument is a floating-point number by which the output pixels are -divided; the default value is 1.0. -This can be used to adjust the brightness of the graymap: -for example, if the image is too dim, reduce the divisor. -\par -In keeping with (I believe) Fortran line-printer conventions, -input lines beginning with a + (plus) character are assumed -to ``overstrike'' the previous line, allowing a larger range of gray values. -\par -This tool contradicts the message in the -{\it pbmtoascii} -manual: ``Note that there is no asciitopbm tool - this -transformation is one-way.'' -\shead{BUGS} -The table of ASCII-to-grey values is subject to interpretation, -and, of course, depends on the typeface intended for the input. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtoascii(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Wilson H. Bent. Jr. (whb@usc.edu) -% -% end of input file: asciitopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:54 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: atktopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: atktopbm.1 -% -\phead{atktopbm}{1}{26 September 1991}{}{} - -%.IX atktopbm -\shead{NAME} -atktopbm - convert Andrew Toolkit raster object to portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf atktopbm} -{\rm [}{\it atkfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Andrew Toolkit raster object as input. -%.IX "Andrew Toolkit raster object" -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtoatk(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Bill Janssen. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: atktopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:35 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: bioradtopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: bioradtopgm.1 -% -\phead{bioradtopgm}{1}{28 June 1993}{}{} - -%.IX bioradtopgm -\shead{NAME} -bioradtopgm - convert a Biorad confocal file into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf bioradtopgm} -{\rm [}{\bf -image\#}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it imagedata}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Biorad confocal file as input. -Produces a portable graymap as output. -If the resulting image is upside down, run it through -{\bf pnmflip\ -tb .} -%.IX pnmflip -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -image\#}} -\item[{{\bf -image\#}}] -A Biorad image file may contain more than one image. With this flag, -you can specify which image to extract (only one at a time). The first -image in the file has number zero. If no -image number is supplied, only information about the image size and -the number of images in the input is printed out. No output is produced. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -A Biorad image may be in word format. If PbmPlus is not compiled with the -``BIGGRAYS'' flag, word files can not be converted. See the Makefile. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgm(5), pnmflip(1) -\shead{AUTHORS} -\copyright 1993 by Oliver Trepte (oliver@fysik4.kth.se). -\nwl -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: bioradtopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:07 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: bmptoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: bmptoppm.1 -% -\phead{bmptoppm}{1}{26 Oct 1992}{}{} - -%.IX bmptoppm -\shead{NAME} -bmptoppm -- convert a BMP file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf bmptoppm} -{\rm [}{\it bmpfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Microsoft Windows or OS/2 BMP file as input. -%.IX BMP -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtobmp(1), -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1992 by David W. Sanderson. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and -% its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and -% that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. This software is provided "as is" without -% express or implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: bmptoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:54 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: brushtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: brushtopbm.1 -% -\phead{brushtopbm}{1}{28 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX brushtopbm -\shead{NAME} -brushtopbm - convert a doodle brush file into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf brushtopbm} -{\rm [}{\it brushfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Xerox doodle brush file as input. -%.IX "Xerox doodle brush format" -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\par -Note that there is currently no pbmtobrush tool. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: brushtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:55 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: cmuwmtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: cmuwmtopbm.1 -% -\phead{cmuwmtopbm}{1}{15 April 1989}{}{} - -%.IX cmuwmtopbm -\shead{NAME} -cmuwmtopbm - convert a CMU window manager bitmap into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf cmuwmtopbm} -{\rm [}{\it cmuwmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a CMU window manager bitmap as input. -%.IX "CMU window manager bitmap" -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtocmuwm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: cmuwmtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Feb 7 08:49:58 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: fitstopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: fitstopnm.1 -% -\phead{fitstopnm}{1}{20 September 89}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -fitstopnm - convert a FITS file into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf fitstopnm} -{\rm [}{\bf -image} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -noraw}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -scanmax}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -printmax}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -min} -{\it f}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -max} -{\it f}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it FITSfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a FITS file as input. -%.IX FITS -Produces a portable pixmap if the FITS file consists of 3 image planes -(NAXIS = 3 and NAXIS3 = 3), a portable graymap if the FITS file -consists of 2 image planes (NAXIS = 2), or whenever the -{\bf --image} -flag is specified. -The results may need to be flipped top for bottom; if so, just -pipe the output through -{\bf pnmflip -tb.} -%.IX pnmflip -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The -{\bf -image} -option is for FITS files with three axes. -The assumption is that the third axis is for multiple images, -and this option lets you select which one you want. -\par -Flags -{\bf -min} -and -{\bf -max} -can be used to override the min and max values as read from the FITS -header or the image data if no DATAMIN and DATAMAX keywords are found. -Flag -{\bf -scanmax} -can be used to force the program to scan the data even when DATAMIN -and DATAMAX are found in the header. If -{\bf -printmax} -is specified, the program will just print the min and max values and -quit. -Flag -{\bf -noraw} -can be used to force -the program to produce an ASCII portable anymap. -\par -The program will tell what kind of anymap is writing. -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{REFERENCES} -FITS stands for Flexible Image Transport System. A full description -can be found in Astronomy \& Astrophysics Supplement Series 44 (1981), -page 363. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtofits(1), pgm(5), pnmflip(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1989 by Jef Poskanzer, with modifications by -Daniel Briggs (dbriggs@nrao.edu) and Alberto -Accomazzi (alberto@cfa.harvard.edu). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: fitstopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:24 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: fstopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: fstopgm.1 -% -\phead{fstopgm}{1}{06 April 89}{}{} - -%.IX fstopgm -\shead{NAME} -fstopgm - convert a Usenix FaceSaver(tm) file into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf fstopgm} -{\rm [}{\it fsfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Usenix FaceSaver(tm) file as input. -%.IX FaceSaver -Produces a portable graymap as output. -\par -FaceSaver(tm) files sometimes have rectangular pixels. -While -{\it fstopgm} -won't re-scale them into square pixels for you, -it will give you the precise -{\it pnmscale} -command that will do the job. -Because of this, reading a FaceSaver(tm) image is a two-step process. -First you do: -\nofill - fstopgm $>$ /dev/null -\fill -This will tell you whether you need to use -{\it pnmscale.} -Then use one of the following pipelines: -\nofill - fstopgm $|$ pgmnorm - fstopgm $|$ pnmscale -whatever $|$ pgmnorm -\fill -To go to PBM, you want something more like one of these: -\nofill - fstopgm $|$ pnmenlarge 3 $|$ pgmnorm $|$ pgmtopbm - fstopgm $|$ pnmenlarge 3 $|$ pnmscale $<$whatever$>$ $|$ pgmnorm $|$ pgmtopbm -\fill -You want to enlarge when going to a bitmap because otherwise you lose -information; but enlarging by more than 3 does not look good. -\par -FaceSaver is a registered trademark of Metron Computerware Ltd. of -Oakland, CA. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmtofs(1), pgm(5), pgmnorm(1), pnmenlarge(1), pnmscale(1), pgmtopbm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: fstopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:55 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: g3topbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: g3topbm.1 -% -\phead{g3topbm}{1}{02 October 1989}{}{} - -%.IX g3topbm -\shead{NAME} -g3topbm - convert a Group 3 fax file into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf g3topbm} -{\rm [}{\bf -kludge}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -reversebits}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -stretch}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it g3file}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Group 3 fax file as input. -%.IX "Group 3 fax" -%.IX fax -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -kludge}} -\item[{{\bf -kludge}}] -Tells -{\it g3topbm} -to ignore the first few lines of the file; -sometimes fax files have some junk at the beginning. -\item[{{\bf -reversebits}}] -Tells -{\it g3topbm} -to interpret bits least-significant -first, instead of the default most-significant first. -Apparently some fax modems do it one way and others do it the other way. -If you get a whole bunch of ``bad code word'' messages, try using this -flag. -\item[{{\bf -stretch}}] -Tells -{\it g3topbm} -to stretch the image vertically by -duplicating each row. -This is for the low-quality transmission mode. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{REFERENCES} -The standard for Group 3 fax is defined in CCITT Recommendation T.4. -\shead{BUGS} -Probably. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtog3(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Paul Haeberli (paul@manray.sgi.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: g3topbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:56 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: gemtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: gemtopbm.1 -% -\phead{gemtopbm}{1}{3 December 1988}{}{} - -%.IX gemtopbm -\shead{NAME} -gemtopbm - convert a GEM .img file into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf gemtopbm} -{\rm [}{\bf -d}{\rm ]} -{\it gemfile} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a GEM .img file as input. -%.IX GEM -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -d}} -\item[{{\bf -d}}] -Produce output describing the contents of the .img file. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -Does not support file containing more than one plane. -Can't read from standard input. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtogem(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 Diomidis D. Spinellis (dds@cc.ic.ac.uk). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% end of input file: gemtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:27 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: giftopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: giftopnm.1 -% -\phead{giftopnm}{1}{29 September 1993}{}{} - -%.IX giftopnm -\shead{NAME} -giftopnm - convert a GIF file into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf giftopnm} -{\rm [}{\bf -verbose}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -comments}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -image} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it GIFfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a GIF file for input, and outputs portable anymap. -%.IX GIF -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -verbose}} -\item[{{\bf -verbose}}] -Produces verbose output about the GIF file input. -\item[{{\bf -comments}}] -Only outputs GIF89 comment fields. -\item[{{\bf -image}}] -Output the specified gif image from the -input gif archive (where -{\it N} -is '1', '2', '20'...). -Normally there is only one image per file, so this option -is not needed. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{BUGS} -This does not correctly handle the Plain Text Extension of the GIF89 -standard, since I did not have any example input files containing them. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtogif(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by David Koblas (koblas@netcom.com) -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% end of input file: giftopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:40 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: gouldtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: gouldtoppm.1 -% -\phead{gouldtoppm}{1}{20 May 1990}{}{} - -%.IX gouldtoppm -\shead{NAME} -gouldtoppm - convert Gould scanner file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf gouldtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it gouldfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a file produced by the Gould scanner as input. -%.IX "Gould scanner" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Stephen Paul Lesniewski. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: gouldtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:25 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: hipstopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: hipstopgm.1 -% -\phead{hipstopgm}{1}{24 August 89}{}{} - -%.IX hipstopgm -\shead{NAME} -hipstopgm - convert a HIPS file into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf hipstopgm} -{\rm [}{\it hipsfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a HIPS file as input. -%.IX HIPS -Produces a portable graymap as output. -\par -If the HIPS file contains more than one frame in sequence, hipstopgm -will concatenate all the frames vertically. -\par -HIPS is a format developed at the Human Information Processing -Laboratory, NYU. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: hipstopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:57 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: icontopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: icontopbm.1 -% -\phead{icontopbm}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX icontopbm -\shead{NAME} -icontopbm - convert a Sun icon into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf icontopbm} -{\rm [}{\it iconfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Sun icon as input. -%.IX Sun -%.IX "Sun icon format" -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtoicon(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: icontopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:41 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ilbmtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ilbmtoppm.1 -% -\phead{ilbmtoppm}{1}{20 June 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ilbmtoppm -\shead{NAME} -ilbmtoppm - convert an ILBM file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ilbmtoppm} -{\rm [}{\bf -verbose}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ILBMfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an IFF ILBM file as input. -%.IX "IFF" -%.IX "ILBM" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -Supported ILBM types are: -\begin{TPlist}{Normal ILBMs with 1-16 planes.} -\item[{Normal ILBMs with 1-16 planes.}] -\item[{Amiga Extra-Halfbrite (EHB)}] -\item[{Amiga Hold-and-Modify (HAM) with 3-16 planes.}] -%.IX "HAM" -\item[{24 bit.}] -\item[{Color map (BMHD + CMAP chunk only, nPlanes = 0).}] -\item[{Unofficial direct color.}] -1-16 planes for each color component. -\item[{Chunks used:}] -BMHD, CMAP, CAMG (only HAM \& EHB flags used), BODY -unofficial DCOL chunk to identify direct color ILBM -\item[{Chunks ignored:}] -GRAB, DEST, SPRT, CRNG, CCRT, CLUT, DPPV, DRNG, EPSF -\item[{Other chunks (ignored but displayed in verbose mode):}] -NAME, AUTH, (c), ANNO, DPI -\item[{Unknown chunks are skipped.}] -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -verbose}} -\item[{{\bf -verbose}}] -Give some informaton about the ILBM file. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -Probably. -\shead{REFERENCES} -Amiga ROM Kernel Reference Manual - Devices (3rd Ed.) -Addison Wesley, ISBN 0--201--56775--X -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), ppmtoilbm(1) -\shead{AUTHORS} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -\nwl -Modified June 1993 by Ingo Wilken (Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de) -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ilbmtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:41 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: imgtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: imgtoppm.1 -% -\phead{imgtoppm}{1}{05 September 1989}{}{} - -%.IX imgtoppm -\shead{NAME} -imgtoppm - convert an Img-whatnot file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf imgtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it imgfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Img-whatnot file as input. -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -The Img-whatnot toolkit is available for FTP on venera.isi.edu, -along with numerous images in this format. -%.IX Img-whatnot -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Based on a simple conversion program posted to comp.graphics by Ed Falk. - -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: imgtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:19 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: libpbm.3 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: libpbm.3 -% -\phead{libpbm}{3}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -libpbm - functions to support portable bitmap programs -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\def\Ss{\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}%.ft CW -\nofill -} -\def\Se{\fill -%.ft P -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}} -\Ss -\#include $<$pbm.h$>$ -cc ... libpbm.a -\Se -\shead{DESCRIPTION - PACKAGE-WIDE ROUTINES} -%.SS KEYWORD MATCHING -\Ss -int pm\_keymatch( char* str, char* keyword, int minchars ) -\Se -Does a case-insensitive match of -{\bf str} -against -{\bf keyword}{\rm .} -{\bf str} -can be a leading sunstring of -{\bf keyword}{\rm ,} -but at least -{\bf minchars} -must be present. -%.SS LOG BASE TWO -\Ss -int pm\_maxvaltobits( int maxval ) -int pm\_bitstomaxval( int bits ) -\Se -Convert between a maxval and the minimum number of bits required -to hold it. -%.SS MESSAGES AND ERRORS -\Ss -void pm\_message( char* fmt, ... ) -\Se -{\bf printf()} -style routine to write an informational message. -\Ss -void pm\_error( char* fmt, ... ) -\Se -{\bf printf()} -style routine to write an error message and abort. -\Ss -void pm\_usage( char* usage ) -\Se -Write a usage message. -The string should indicate what arguments are to be provided to the program. -%.SS GENERIC FILE MANAGEMENT -\Ss -FILE* pm\_openr( char* name ) -\Se -Open the given file for reading, with appropriate error checking. -A filename of ``-'' is taken as equivalent to stdin. -\Ss -FILE* pm\_openw( char* name ) -\Se -Open the given file for writing, with appropriate error checking. -\Ss -void pm\_close( FILE* fp ) -\Se -Close the file descriptor, with appropriate error checking. -%.SS ENDIAN I/O -\Ss -int pm\_readbigshort( FILE* in, short* sP ) -int pm\_writebigshort( FILE* out, short s ) -int pm\_readbiglong( FILE* in, long* lP ) -int pm\_writebiglong( FILE* out, long l ) -int pm\_readlittleshort( FILE* in, short* sP ) -int pm\_writelittleshort( FILE* out, short s ) -int pm\_readlittlelong( FILE* in, long* lP ) -int pm\_writelittlelong( FILE* out, long l ) -\Se -Routines to read and write short and long ints in either big- or -little-endian byte order. -\shead{DESCRIPTION - PBM-SPECIFIC ROUTINES} -%.SS TYPES AND CONSTANTS -\Ss -typedef ... bit; -\#define PBM\_WHITE ... -\#define PBM\_BLACK ... -\Se -each -{\bf bit} -should contain only the values of -{\bf PBM\_WHITE} -or -{\bf PBM\_BLACK}{\rm .} -\Ss -\#define PBM\_FORMAT ... -\#define RPBM\_FORMAT ... -\#define PBM\_TYPE PBM\_FORMAT -\#define PBM\_FORMAT\_TYPE(f) ... -\Se -For distinguishing different file formats and types. -%.SS INITIALIZATION -\Ss -void pbm\_init( int* argcP, char* argv[] ) -\Se -All PBM programs must call this routine. -%.SS MEMORY MANAGEMENT -\Ss -bit** pbm\_allocarray( int cols, int rows ) -\Se -Allocate an array of bits. -\Ss -bit* pbm\_allocrow( int cols ) -\Se -Allocate a row of the given number of bits. -\Ss -void pbm\_freearray( bit** bits, int rows ) -\Se -Free the array allocated with -{\bf pbm\_allocarray()} -containing the given number -of rows. -\Ss -void pbm\_freerow( bit* bitrow ) -\Se -Free a row of bits. -%.SS READING FILES -\Ss -void pbm\_readpbminit( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, int* formatP ) -\Se -Read the header from a PBM file, filling in the rows, cols and format -variables. -\Ss -void pbm\_readpbmrow( FILE* fp, bit* bitrow, int cols, int format ) -\Se -Read a row of bits into the bitrow array. -Format and cols were filled in by -{\bf pbm\_readpbminit()}{\rm .} -\Ss -bit** pbm\_readpbm( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP ) -\Se -Read an entire bitmap file into memory, returning the allocated array and -filling in the rows and cols variables. -This function combines -{\bf pbm\_readpbminit()}{\rm ,} -{\bf pbm\_allocarray()} -and -{\bf pbm\_readpbmrow()}{\rm .} -\Ss -char* pm\_read\_unknown\_size( FILE* fp, long* nread ) -\Se -Read an entire file or input stream of unknown size to a buffer. -Allocate memory more memory as needed. The calling routine has -to free the allocated buffer with -{\bf free()}{\rm .} -{\bf pm\_read\_unknown\_size()} -returns a pointer to the allocated buffer. The -{\bf nread} -argument returns the number of bytes read. -%.SS WRITING FILES -\Ss -void pbm\_writepbminit( FILE* fp, int cols, int rows, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header for a portable bitmap file. -The forceplain flag forces a plain-format file to be written, as opposed -to a raw-format one. -\Ss -void pbm\_writepbmrow( FILE* fp, bit* bitrow, int cols, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write a row from a portable bitmap. -\Ss -void pbm\_writepbm( FILE* fp, bit** bits, int cols, int rows, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header and all data for a portable bitmap. -This function combines -{\bf pbm\_writepbminit()} -and -{\bf pbm\_writepbmrow()}{\rm .} -\shead{SEE ALSO} -libpgm(3), libppm(3), libpnm(3) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Tony Hansen and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: libpbm.3 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:37 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: libpgm.3 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: libpgm.3 -% -\phead{libpgm}{3}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -libpgm - functions to support portable graymap programs -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\def\Ss{\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}%.ft CW -\nofill -} -\def\Se{\fill -%.ft P -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}} -\Ss -\#include $<$pgm.h$>$ -cc ... libpgm.a libpbm.a -\Se -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -%.SS TYPES AND CONSTANTS -\Ss -typedef ... gray; -\#define PGM\_MAXMAXVAL ... -extern gray pgm\_pbmmaxval; -\Se -Each -{\bf gray} -should contain only the values between -{\bf 0} -and -{\bf PGM\_MAXMAXVAL}{\rm .} -{\bf pgm\_pbmmaxval} -is the maxval used when a PGM program reads a PBM file. -Normally it is 1; however, for some programs, a larger value gives better -results. -\Ss -\#define PGM\_FORMAT ... -\#define RPGM\_FORMAT ... -\#define PGM\_TYPE PGM\_FORMAT -int PGM\_FORMAT\_TYPE( int format ) -\Se -For distinguishing different file formats and types. -%.SS INITIALIZATION -\Ss -void pgm\_init( int* argcP, char* argv[] ) -\Se -All PGM programs must call this routine. -%.SS MEMORY MANAGEMENT -\Ss -gray** pgm\_allocarray( int cols, int rows ) -\Se -Allocate an array of grays. -\Ss -gray* pgm\_allocrow( int cols ) -\Se -Allocate a row of the given number of grays. -\Ss -void pgm\_freearray( gray** grays, int rows ) -\Se -Free the array allocated with -{\bf pgm\_allocarray()} -containing the given number -of rows. -\Ss -void pgm\_freerow( gray* grayrow ) -\Se -Free a row of grays. -%.SS READING FILES -\Ss -void pgm\_readpgminit( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, gray* maxvalP, int* formatP ) -\Se -Read the header from a PGM file, filling in the rows, cols, maxval and format -variables. -\Ss -void pgm\_readpgmrow( FILE* fp, gray* grayrow, int cols, gray maxval, int format ) -\Se -Read a row of grays into the grayrow array. -Format, cols, and maxval were filled in by -{\bf pgm\_readpgminit()}{\rm .} -\Ss -gray** pgm\_readpgm( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, gray* maxvalP ) -\Se -Read an entire graymap file into memory, returning the allocated array and -filling in the rows, cols and maxval variables. -This function combines -{\bf pgm\_readpgminit()}{\rm ,} -{\bf pgm\_allocarray()} -and -{\bf pgm\_readpgmrow()}{\rm .} -%.SS WRITING FILES -\Ss -void pgm\_writepgminit( FILE* fp, int cols, int rows, gray maxval, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header for a portable graymap file. -The forceplain flag forces a plain-format file to be written, as opposed -to a raw-format one. -\Ss -void pgm\_writepgmrow( FILE* fp, gray* grayrow, int cols, gray maxval, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write a row from a portable graymap. -\Ss -void pgm\_writepgm( FILE* fp, gray** grays, int cols, int rows, gray maxval, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header and all data for a portable graymap. -This function combines -{\bf pgm\_writepgminit()} -and -{\bf pgm\_writepgmrow()}{\rm .} -\shead{SEE ALSO} -libpbm(3), libppm(3), libpnm(3) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Tony Hansen and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: libpgm.3 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:34 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: libpnm.3 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: libpnm.3 -% -\phead{libpnm}{3}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -libpnm - functions to support portable anymap programs -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\def\Ss{\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}%.ft CW -\nofill -} -\def\Se{\fill -%.ft P -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}} -\Ss -\#include $<$pnm.h$>$ -cc ... libpnm.a libppm.a libpgm.a libpbm.a -\Se -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -%.SS TYPES AND CONSTANTS -\Ss -typedef ... xel; -typedef ... xelval; -\#define PNM\_MAXMAXVAL ... -extern xelval pnm\_pbmmaxval; -\Se -Each -{\bf xel} -contains three -{\bf xelval}{\rm s,} -each of which should contain only the values between -{\bf 0} -and -{\bf PNM\_MAXMAXVAL}{\rm .} -{\bf pnm\_pbmmaxval} -is the maxval used when a PNM program reads a PBM file. -Normally it is 1; however, for some programs, a larger value gives better -results. -%.SS XEL MANIPULATIONS -\Ss -xelval PNM\_GET1( xel x ) -\Se -This macro extracts a single value from an xel, when you know it's -from a PBM or PGM file. -When it's from a PPM file, use -{\bf PPM\_GETR()}{\rm ,} -{\bf PPM\_GETG()}{\rm ,} -and -{\bf PPM\_GETB()}{\rm .} -\Ss -void PNM\_ASSIGN1( xel x, xelval v ) -\Se -This macro assigns a single value to an xel, when you know it's -from a PBM or PGM file. -When it's from a PPM file, use -{\bf PPM\_ASSIGN()}{\rm .} -\Ss -int PNM\_EQUAL( xel x, xel y ) -\Se -This macro checks two xels for equality. -\Ss -int PNM\_FORMAT\_TYPE( int format ) -\Se -For distinguishing different file types. -%.SS INITIALIZATION -\Ss -void pnm\_init( int* argcP, char* argv[] ) -\Se -All PNM programs must call this routine. -%.SS MEMORY MANAGEMENT -\Ss -xel** pnm\_allocarray( int cols, int rows ) -\Se -Allocate an array of xels. -\Ss -xel* pnm\_allocrow( int cols ) -\Se -Allocate a row of the given number of xels. -\Ss -void pnm\_freearray( xel** xels, int rows ) -\Se -Free the array allocated with -{\bf pnm\_allocarray()} -containing the given number -of rows. -\Ss -void pnm\_freerow( xel* xelrow ) -\Se -Free a row of xels. -%.SS READING FILES -\Ss -void pnm\_readpnminit( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, xelval* maxvalP, int* formatP ) -\Se -Read the header from a PNM file, filling in the rows, cols, maxval and format -variables. -\Ss -void pnm\_readpnmrow( FILE* fp, xel* xelrow, int cols, xelval maxval, int format ) -\Se -Read a row of xels into the xelrow array. -Format, cols, and maxval were filled in by -{\bf pnm\_readpnminit()}{\rm .} -\Ss -xel** pnm\_readpnm( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, xelval* maxvalP, int* formatP ) -\Se -Read an entire anymap file into memory, returning the allocated array and -filling in the rows, cols, maxval, and format variables. -This function combines -{\bf pnm\_readpnminit()}{\rm ,} -{\bf pnm\_allocarray()} -and -{\bf pnm\_readpnmrow()}{\rm .} -Unlike the equivalent functions in PBM, PGM, and PPM, it returns the format -so you can tell what type the file is. -%.SS WRITING FILES -\Ss -void pnm\_writepnminit( FILE* fp, int cols, int rows, xelval maxval, int format, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header for a portable anymap file. -Unlike the equivalent functions in PBM, PGM, and PPM, you have to specify -the output type. -The forceplain flag forces a plain-format file to be written, as opposed -to a raw-format one. -\Ss -void pnm\_writepnmrow( FILE* fp, xel* xelrow, int cols, xelval maxval, int format, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write a row from a portable anymap. -\Ss -void pnm\_writepnm( FILE* fp, xel** xels, int cols, int rows, xelval maxval, int format, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header and all data for a portable anymap. -This function combines -{\bf pnm\_writepnminit()} -and -{\bf pnm\_writepnmrow()}{\rm .} -%.SS FORMAT PROMOTION -\Ss -void pnm\_promoteformatrow( xel* xelrow, int cols, xelval maxval, int format, xelval newmaxval, int newformat ) -\Se -Promote a row of xels from one maxval and format to a new set. -Used when combining multiple anymaps of different types - just -take the max of the maxvals and the max of the formats, and -promote them all to that. -\Ss -void pnm\_promoteformat( xel** xels, int cols, int rows, xelval maxval, int format, xelval newmaxval, int newformat ) -\Se -Promote an entire anymap. -%.SS XEL MANIPULATION -\Ss -xel pnm\_whitexel( xelval maxval, int format ) -xel pnm\_blackxel( xelval maxval, int format ) -\Se -Return a white or black xel for the given maxval and format. -\Ss -void pnm\_invertxel( xel* x, xelval maxval, int format ) -\Se -Invert an xel. -\Ss -xel pnm\_backgroundxelrow( xel* xelrow, int cols, xelval maxval, int format ) -\Se -Figure out an appropriate background xel based on this row. -\Ss -xel pnm\_backgroundxel( xel** xels, int cols, int rows, xelval maxval, int format ) -\Se -Figure out a background xel based on an entire anymap. -This can do a slightly better job than -{\bf pnm\_backgroundxelrow()}{\rm .} -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(3), pgm(3), ppm(3) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Tony Hansen and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: libpnm.3 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:12 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: libppm.3 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: libppm.3 -% -\phead{libppm}{3}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -libppm - functions to support portable pixmap programs -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\def\Ss{\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}%.ft CW -\nofill -} -\def\Se{\fill -%.ft P -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip}} -\Ss -\#include $<$ppm.h$>$ -cc ... libppm.a libpgm.a libpbm.a -\Se -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -%.SS TYPES AND CONSTANTS -\Ss -typedef ... pixel; -typedef ... pixval; -\#define PPM\_MAXMAXVAL ... -extern pixval ppm\_pbmmaxval; -\Se -Each -{\bf pixel} -contains three -{\bf pixval}{\rm s,} -each of which should contain only the values between -{\bf 0} -and -{\bf PPM\_MAXMAXVAL}{\rm .} -{\bf ppm\_pbmmaxval} -is the maxval used when a PPM program reads a PBM file. -Normally it is 1; however, for some programs, a larger value gives better -results. -\Ss -\#define PPM\_FORMAT ... -\#define RPPM\_FORMAT ... -\#define PPM\_TYPE PPM\_FORMAT -int PPM\_FORMAT\_TYPE( int format ) -\Se -For distinguishing different file formats and types. -\Ss -pixval PPM\_GETR( pixel p ) -pixval PPM\_GETG( pixel p ) -pixval PPM\_GETB( pixel p ) -\Se -These three macros retrieve the red, green or blue value from the given -pixel. -\Ss -void PPM\_ASSIGN( pixel p, pixval red, pixval grn, pixval blu ) -\Se -This macro assigns the given red, green and blue values to the pixel. -\Ss -int PPM\_EQUAL( pixel p, pixel q ) -\Se -This macro checks two pixels for equality. -\Ss -void PPM\_DEPTH( pixel newp, pixel p, pixval oldmaxval, pixval newmaxval ) -\Se -This macro scales the colors of pixel -{\bf p} -according the old and new maximum values and assigns the new values to -{\bf newp}{\rm .} -It is intended to make writing ppmtowhatever easier. -\Ss -float PPM\_LUMIN( pixel p ) -\Se -This macro determines the luminance of the pixel -{\bf p}{\rm .} -%.SS MEMORY MANAGEMENT -\Ss -pixel** ppm\_allocarray( int cols, int rows ) -\Se -Allocate an array of pixels. -\Ss -pixel* ppm\_allocrow( int cols ) -\Se -Allocate a row of the given number of pixels. -\Ss -void ppm\_freearray( pixel** pixels, int rows ) -\Se -Free the array allocated with -{\bf ppm\_allocarray()} -containing the given number -of rows. -\Ss -void pbm\_freerow( pixel* pixelrow ) -\Se -Free a row of pixels. -%.SS READING PBM FILES -\Ss -void ppm\_readppminit( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, pixval* maxvalP, int* formatP ) -\Se -Read the header from a PPM file, filling in the rows, cols, maxval and format -variables. -\Ss -void ppm\_readppmrow( FILE* fp, pixel* pixelrow, int cols, pixval maxval, int format ) -\Se -Read a row of pixels into the pixelrow array. -Format, cols, and maxval were filled in by -{\bf ppm\_readppminit()}{\rm .} -\Ss -pixel** ppm\_readppm( FILE* fp, int* colsP, int* rowsP, pixval* maxvalP ) -\Se -Read an entire pixmap file into memory, returning the allocated array and -filling in the rows, cols and maxval variables. -This function combines -{\bf ppm\_readppminit()}{\rm ,} -{\bf ppm\_allocarray()} -and -{\bf ppm\_readppmrow()}{\rm .} -%.SS WRITING FILES -\Ss -void ppm\_writeppminit( FILE* fp, int cols, int rows, pixval maxval, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header for a portable pixmap file. -The forceplain flag forces a plain-format file to be written, as opposed -to a raw-format one. -\Ss -void ppm\_writeppmrow( FILE* fp, pixel* pixelrow, int cols, pixval maxval, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write a row from a portable pixmap. -\Ss -void ppm\_writeppm( FILE* fp, pixel** pixels, int cols, int rows, pixval maxval, int forceplain ) -\Se -Write the header and all data for a portable pixmap. -This function combines -{\bf ppm\_writeppminit()} -and -{\bf ppm\_writeppmrow()}{\rm .} -%.SS COLOR NAMES -\Ss -pixel ppm\_parsecolor( char* colorname, pixval maxval ) -\Se -Parses an ASCII color name into a pixel. -The color can be specified in three ways. One, as a name, assuming -that a pointer to an X11-style color names file was compiled in. Two, -as an X11-style hexadecimal number: \#rgb, \#rrggbb, \#rrrgggbbb, or -\#rrrrggggbbbb. Three, as a triplet of decimal floating point numbers -separated by commas: r.r,g.g,b.b. -\Ss -char* ppm\_colorname( pixel* colorP, pixval maxval, int hexok ) -\Se -Returns a pointer to a string describing the given color. -If the X11 color names file is available and the color appears in -it, that name is returned. -Otherwise, if the hexok flag is true then a hexadecimal colorspec -is returned; if hexok is false and the X11 color names file is -available, then the closest matching color is returned; -otherwise, it's an error. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(3), pgm(3) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Tony Hansen and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: libppm.3 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:25 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: lispmtopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: lispmtopgm.1 -% -\phead{lispmtopgm}{1}{06 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX lispmtopgm -\shead{NAME} -lispmtopgm - convert a Lisp Machine bitmap file into pgm format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf lispmtopgm} -{\rm [}{\it lispmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Lisp Machine bitmap as input. -%.IX "Lisp Machine bitmap" -Produces a portable graymap as output. -\par -This is the file format written by the tv:write-bit-array-file function on -TI Explorer and Symbolics lisp machines. -\par -Multi-plane bitmaps on lisp machines are color; but the lispm image file -format does not include a color map, so we must treat it as a graymap -instead. This is unfortunate. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmtolispm(1), pgm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -The Lispm bitmap file format is a bit quirky; Usually the image in the file -has its width rounded up to the next higher multiple of 32, but not always. -If the width is not a multiple of 32, we don't deal with it properly, but -because of the Lispm microcode, such arrays are probably not image data -anyway. -\par -Also, the lispm code for saving bitmaps has a bug, in that if you are writing a -bitmap which is not mod32 across, the file may be up to 7 bits too short! They -round down instead of up, and we don't handle this bug gracefully. -\par -No color. -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jamie Zawinski and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: lispmtopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:57 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: macptopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: macptopbm.1 -% -\phead{macptopbm}{1}{29 March 1989}{}{} - -%.IX macptopbm -\shead{NAME} -macptopbm - convert a MacPaint file into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf macptopbm} -{\rm [}{\bf -extraskip} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it macpfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a MacPaint file as input. -%.IX MacPaint -%.IX Macintosh -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -extraskip}} -\item[{{\bf -extraskip}}] -This flag is to get around a problem with some methods -of transferring files from the Mac world to the Unix world. -Most of these methods leave the Mac files alone, but a few of -them add the ``finderinfo'' data onto the front of the Unix file. -This means an extra 128 bytes to skip over when reading the file. -The symptom to watch for is that the resulting PBM file looks shifted -to one side. -If you get this, try -{\bf -extraskip} -128, and if that still doesn't look right try another value. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -picttoppm(1), pbmtomacp(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -The MacPaint-reading code is \copyright 1987 by Patrick J. Naughton -(naughton@wind.sun.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% end of input file: macptopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:58 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: mgrtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: mgrtopbm.1 -% -\phead{mgrtopbm}{1}{24 January 1989}{}{} - -%.IX mgrtopbm -\shead{NAME} -mgrtopbm - convert a MGR bitmap into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf mgrtopbm} -{\rm [}{\it mgrfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a MGR bitmap as input. -%.IX MGR -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtomgr(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: mgrtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:42 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: mtvtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: mtvtoppm.1 -% -\phead{mtvtoppm}{1}{02 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX mtvtoppm -\shead{NAME} -mtvtoppm - convert output from the MTV or PRT ray tracers into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf mtvtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it mtvfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an input file from Mark VanDeWettering's MTV ray tracer. -%.IX "MTV raytracer" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\par -The PRT raytracer also produces this format. -%.IX "PRT raytracer" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: mtvtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:20 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbm.5 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbm.5 -% -\phead{pbm}{5}{27 September 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbm - portable bitmap file format -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -The portable bitmap format is a lowest common denominator monochrome -file format. -%.IX "PBM file format" -It was originally designed to make it reasonable to mail bitmaps -between different types of machines using the typical stupid network -mailers we have today. -Now it serves as the common language of a large family of bitmap -conversion filters. -The definition is as follows: -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-}} -A ``magic number'' for identifying the file type. -A pbm file's magic number is the two characters ``P1''. -%.IX "magic numbers" -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace (blanks, TABs, CRs, LFs). -\IPitem{{-}} -A width, formatted as ASCII characters in decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -A height, again in ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -Width * height bits, each either '1' or '0', starting at the top-left -corner of the bitmap, proceeding in normal English reading order. -\IPitem{{-}} -The character '1' means black, '0' means white. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace in the bits section is ignored. -\IPitem{{-}} -Characters from a ``\#'' to the next end-of-line are ignored (comments). -\IPitem{{-}} -No line should be longer than 70 characters. -\end{IPlist} - -\par -Here is an example of a small bitmap in this format: -\nofill -P1 -\# feep.pbm -24 7 -0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 -0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 -0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 -0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 -0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 -0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -\fill -\par -Programs that read this format should be as lenient as possible, -accepting anything that looks remotely like a bitmap. -\par -There is also a variant on the format, available -by setting the RAWBITS option at compile time. This variant is -%.IX RAWBITS -different in the following ways: -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-}} -The ``magic number'' is ``P4'' instead of ``P1''. -\IPitem{{-}} -The bits are stored eight per byte, high bit first low bit last. -\IPitem{{-}} -No whitespace is allowed in the bits section, and only a single character -of whitespace (typically a newline) is allowed after the height. -\IPitem{{-}} -The files are eight times smaller and many times faster to read and write. -\end{IPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -atktopbm(1), brushtopbm(1), cmuwmtopbm(1), g3topbm(1), -gemtopbm(1), icontopbm(1), -macptopbm(1), mgrtopbm(1), pi3topbm(1), xbmtopbm(1), -ybmtopbm(1), -pbmto10x(1), pnmtoascii(1), pbmtoatk(1), pbmtobbnbg(1), -pbmtocmuwm(1), pbmtoepson(1), -pbmtog3(1), pbmtogem(1), pbmtogo(1), pbmtoicon(1), pbmtolj(1), -pbmtomacp(1), pbmtomgr(1), pbmtopi3(1), pbmtoplot(1), pbmtoptx(1), -pbmtox10bm(1), pbmtoxbm(1), pbmtoybm(1), -pbmtozinc(1), -pbmlife(1), pbmmake(1), pbmmask(1), pbmreduce(1), -pbmtext(1), pbmupc(1), -pnm(5), pgm(5), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbm.5 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:16 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmclean.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmclean.1 -% -\phead{pbmclean}{12 Dec 1990}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmclean - flip isolated pixels in portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pbmclean [-connect] [pbmfile] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. Outputs a portable bitmap with every -pixel which has less than % -\it connect % -\rm identical neighbours inverted. -Pbmclean can be used to clean up ``snow'' on bitmap images. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Angus Duggan. -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmclean.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:58 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmlife.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmlife.1 -% -\phead{pbmlife}{1}{21 February 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pbmlife -\shead{NAME} -pbmlife - apply Conway's rules of Life to a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmlife} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Applies the rules of Life to it for one generation, -%.IX Life -and produces a portable bitmap as output. -\par -A white pixel in the image is interpreted as a live beastie, and a -black pixel as an empty space. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmlife.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:07:59 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmmake.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmmake.1 -% -\phead{pbmmake}{1}{22 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmmake -\shead{NAME} -pbmmake - create a blank bitmap of a specified size -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmmake} -{\rm [}{\bf -white}{\rm $|$}{\bf -black}{\rm $|$}{\bf -gray} -{\rm ]} -{\it width height} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Produces a portable bitmap of the specified width and height. -%.IX "generating bitmaps" -The color defaults to white. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -In addition to the usual -{\bf -white} -and -{\bf -black}{\rm ,} -this program implements -{\bf -gray}{\rm .} -This gives a simple 50\% gray pattern with 1's and 0's alternating. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5), ppmmake(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmmake.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:00 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmmask.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmmask.1 -% -\phead{pbmmask}{1}{08 August 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmmask -\shead{NAME} -pbmmask - create a mask bitmap from a regular bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmmask} -{\rm [}{\bf -expand}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Creates a corresponding mask bitmap and writes it out. -\par -The color to be interpreted as ``background'' is determined automatically. -Regardless of which color is background, the mask will be white where -the background is and black where the figure is. -\par -This lets you do a masked paste like this, for objects with a black background: -\nofill - pbmmask obj $>$ objmask - pnmpaste $<$ dest -and objmask $<$x$>$ $<$y$>$ $|$ pnmpaste -or obj $<$x$>$ $<$y$>$ -\fill -%.IX pnmpaste -For objects with a white background, you can either invert them or -add a step: -\nofill - pbmmask obj $>$ objmask - pnminvert objmask $|$ pnmpaste -and obj 0 0 $>$ blackback - pnmpaste $<$ dest -and objmask $<$x$>$ $<$y$>$ $|$ pnmpaste -or blackback $<$x$>$ $<$y$>$ -\fill -%.IX pnminvert -Note that this three-step version works for objects with black backgrounds -too, if you don't care about the wasted time. -\par -You can also use masks with graymaps and pixmaps, using the -{\it pnmarith} -tool. For instance: -\nofill - ppmtopgm obj.ppm $|$ pgmtopbm -threshold $|$ pbmmask $>$ objmask.pbm - pnmarith -multiply dest.ppm objmask.pbm $>$ t1.ppm - pnminvert objmask.pbm $|$ pnmarith -multiply obj.ppm - $>$ t2.ppm - pnmarith -add t1.ppm t2.ppm -\fill -%.IX pnmarith -An interesting variation on this is to pipe the mask through the -{\it pnmsmooth} -%.IX pnmsmooth -script before using it. This makes the boundary between the two images less -sharp. -%.OPTIONS -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -expand}} -\item[{{\bf -expand}}] -Expands the mask by one pixel out from the image. -This is useful if you want a little white border around your image. -(A better solution might be to turn the -{\it pbmlife} -tool into a general cellular automaton tool...) -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmpaste(1), pnminvert(1), pbm(5), pnmarith(1), pnmsmooth(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmmask.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:16 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmpscale.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmpscale.1 -% -\phead{pbmpscale}{12 Dec 1990}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmpscale - enlarge a portable bitmap with edge smoothing -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pbmpscale N [ pbmfile ] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input, and outputs a portable bitmap -enlarged N times. Enlargement is done by pixel replication, -with some additional smoothing of corners and edges. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmenlarge(1), ppmscale(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Angus Duggan. -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -implied warranty. -\shead{NOTES} -pbmpscale works best for enlargements of 2. Enlargements greater than 2 -should be done by as many enlargements of 2 as possible, followed by an -enlargement by the remaining factor. -% -% end of input file: pbmpscale.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:00 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmreduce.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmreduce.1 -% -\phead{pbmreduce}{1}{02 August 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmreduce -\shead{NAME} -pbmreduce - read a portable bitmap and reduce it N times -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmreduce} -{\rm [}{\bf -floyd}{\rm $|$}{\bf -fs}{\rm $|$}{\bf -threshold} -{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -value} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\it N} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Reduces it by a factor of -{\it N}{\rm ,} -and produces a portable bitmap as output. -%.IX shrinking -\par -{\it pbmreduce} -duplicates a lot of the functionality of -{\it pgmtopbm;} -%.IX pgmtopbm -you could do something like -{\bf pnmscale $|$ pgmtopbm,} -%.IX pnmscale -but -{\it pbmreduce} -is a lot faster. -\par -{\it pbmreduce} -can be used to ``re-halftone'' an image. -%.IX halftoning -Let's say you have a scanner that only produces black\&white, not -grayscale, and it does a terrible job of halftoning (most b\&w scanners -fit this description). -One way to fix the halftoning is to scan at the highest possible -resolution, say 300 dpi, and then reduce by a factor of three or -so using -{\it pbmreduce}{\rm .} -You can even correct the brightness of an image, by using the -{\bf -value} -flag. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -By default, the halftoning after the reduction is done via -boustrophedonic Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion; however, the -%.IX Floyd-Steinberg -%.IX "error diffusion" -{\bf -threshold} -flag can be used to specify simple thresholding. This gives better -%.IX thresholding -results when reducing line drawings. -\par -The -{\bf -value} -flag alters the thresholding value for all quantizations. -It should be a real number between 0 and 1. -Above 0.5 means darker images; below 0.5 means lighter. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmenlarge(1), pnmscale(1), pgmtopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmreduce.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:01 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtext.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtext.1 -% -\phead{pbmtext}{1}{5 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtext -\shead{NAME} -pbmtext - render text into a bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtext} -{\rm [}{\bf -font} -{\it fontfile}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it text}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -\par -Takes the specified text, either a single line from the command -line or multiple lines from standard input, and renders it -into a bitmap. -%.IX text -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -By default, pbmtext uses a built-in font. -You can also specify your own font with the -{\bf -font} -flag. -The -{\it fontfile} -is a pbm file, created in a very specific way. -In your window system of choice, display the following text -in the desired (fixed-width) font: -\nofill - - M ",/\^{}\_[`jpqy$|$ M - - / !"\#\$\%\&'()*+ / - $<$ ,-./01234567 $<$ - $>$ 89:;$<$=$>$?@ABC $>$ - @ DEFGHIJKLMNO @ - \_ PQRSTUVWXYZ[ \_ - \{ \bs ]\^{}\_`abcdefg \{ - \} hijklmnopqrs \} - \~{} tuvwxyz\{$|$\}\~{} \~{} - - M ",/\^{}\_[`jpqy$|$ M - -\fill -Do a screen grab or window dump of that text, using for instance -{\it xwd}{\rm ,} -{\it xgrabsc}{\rm ,} -or -{\it screendump}{\rm .} -Convert the result into a pbm file. -If necessary, use -{\it pnmcut} -to remove everything except the text. -Finally, run it through -{\it pnmcrop} -%.IX pnmcrop -to make sure the edges are right up against the text. -{\it pbmtext} -can figure out the sizes and spacings from that. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5), pnmcut(1), pnmcrop(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtext.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:02 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmto10x.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmto10x.1 -% -\phead{pbmto10x}{1}{1 January 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pbmto10x -\shead{NAME} -pbmto10x - convert a portable bitmap into Gemini 10X printer graphics -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmto10x} -{\rm [}{\bf -h}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a file of Gemini 10X printer graphics as output. -%.IX "Gemini 10X printer graphics" -The 10x's printer codes are alleged to be similar to the Epson codes. -%.IX Epson -\par -Note that there is no 10xtopbm tool - this transformation is one way. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The resolution is normally 60H by 72V. -If the -{\bf -h} -flag is specified, resolution is 120H by 144V. -You may find it useful to rotate landscape images before printing. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Ken Yap. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmto10x.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:02 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoascii.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoascii.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoascii}{1}{20 March 1992}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoascii - convert a portable bitmap into ASCII graphics -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoascii} -{\rm [}{\bf -1x2}{\rm $|$}{\bf -2x4}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a somewhat crude ASCII graphic as output. -\par -Note that there is no asciitopbm tool - this transformation is one-way. -\shead{OPTIONS} -The -{\bf -1x2} -and -{\bf -2x4} -flags give you two alternate ways for the bits to get mapped to characters. -With -{\bf 1x2}{\rm ,} -the default, each character represents a group of 1 bit across by 2 bits down. -With -{\bf -2x4}{\rm ,} -each character represents 2 bits across by 4 bits down. -With the 1x2 mode you can see the individual bits, so it's useful for -previewing small bitmaps on a non-graphics terminal. -The 2x4 mode lets you display larger bitmaps on a standard 80-column display, -but it obscures bit-level details. -2x4 mode is also good for displaying -graymaps - ``pnmscale -width 158 $|$ pgmnorm $|$ pgmtopbm -thresh'' -should give good results. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988, 1992 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoascii.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:03 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoatk.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoatk.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoatk}{1}{26 September 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoatk -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoatk - convert portable bitmap to Andrew Toolkit raster object -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoatk} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a Andrew Toolkit raster object as output. -%.IX "Andrew Toolkit raster object" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -atktopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Bill Janssen. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoatk.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:03 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtobbnbg.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtobbnbg.1 -% -\phead{pbmtobg}{1}{16 May 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtobbnbg -\shead{NAME} -pbmtobg - convert a portable bitmap into BitGraph graphics -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtobg} -{\rm [}{\it rasterop}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it x} -{\it y}{\rm ]} -$<$ -{\it pbmfile} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces BBN BitGraph terminal Display Pixel Data (DPD) sequence as output. -%.IX "BBN BitGraph" -\par -The rasterop can be specified on the command line. If this is omitted, 3 -(replace) will be used. A position in (x,y) coordinates can also be -specified. If both are given, the rasterop comes first. The portable bitmap -is always taken from the standard input. -\par -Note that there is no bgtopbm tool. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright 1989 by Mike Parker. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtobbnbg.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:04 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtocmuwm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtocmuwm.1 -% -\phead{pbmtocmuwm}{1}{15 April 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtocmuwm -\shead{NAME} -pbmtocmuwm - convert a portable bitmap into a CMU window manager bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtocmuwm} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a CMU window manager bitmap as output. -%.IX "CMU window manager bitmap" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -cmuwmtopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtocmuwm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:17 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoepsi.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoepsi.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoepsi}{1}{1992}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoepsi -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoepsi - convert a portable bitmap into an encapsulated PostScript -style preview bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoepsi} -{\rm [}{\bf -bbonly}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produce an encapsulated Postscript style bitmap as output. The output -is not a stand alone postscript file, it is only a preview bitmap, -which can be included in an encapsulated PostScript file. -Note that there is no epsitopbm tool - this transformation is one way. - -This utility is a part of the pstoepsi tool by Doug Crabill -(dgc@cs.purdue.edu). -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -bbonly}} -\item[{{\bf -bbonly}}] -Only create a boundary box, don't fill it with the image. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5), pnmtops(1), psidtopgm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 Jef Poskanzer -\nwl -modified by Doug Crabill 1992. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoepsi.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:04 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoepson.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoepson.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoepson}{1}{4 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoepson -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoepson - convert a portable bitmap into Epson printer graphics -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoepson} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a file of Epson printer graphics as output. -%.IX Epson -\par -Note that there is no epsontopbm tool - this transformation is one way. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by John Tiller (tiller@galois.msfc.nasa.gov) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoepson.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:05 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtog3.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtog3.1 -% -\phead{pbmtog3}{1}{02 October 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtog3 -\shead{NAME} -pbmtog3 - convert a portable bitmap into a Group 3 fax file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtog3} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as output. -Produces a Group 3 fax file as input. -%.IX "Group 3 fax" -%.IX fax -\shead{REFERENCES} -The standard for Group 3 fax is defined in CCITT Recommendation T.4. -\shead{BUGS} -Probably. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -g3topbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Paul Haeberli (paul@manray.sgi.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtog3.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:05 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtogem.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtogem.1 -% -\phead{pbmtogem}{1}{11 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtogem -\shead{NAME} -pbmtogem - convert a portable bitmap into a GEM .img file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtogem} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a GEM .img file as output. -%.IX GEM -\shead{BUGS} -It does not support compression of the data. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -gemtopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by David Beckemeyer (bdt!david) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% end of input file: pbmtogem.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:06 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtogo.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtogo.1 -% -\phead{pbmtogo}{1}{24 November 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtogo -\shead{NAME} -pbmtogo - convert a portable bitmap into compressed GraphOn graphics -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtogo} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces 2D compressed GraphOn graphics as output. -%.IX GraphOn -Be sure to set up your GraphOn with the following modes: 8 bits / no parity; -obeys no XON/XOFF; NULs are accepted. These are all on the Comm menu. -Also, remember to turn off tty post processing. -Note that there is no gotopbm tool. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988, 1989 by Jef Poskanzer, Michael Haberler, and Bo Thide'. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtogo.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:06 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoicon.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoicon.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoicon}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoicon -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoicon - convert a portable bitmap into a Sun icon -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoicon} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a Sun icon as output. -%.IX Sun -%.IX "Sun icon format" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -icontopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoicon.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:07 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtolj.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtolj.1 -% -\phead{pbmtolj}{1}{29 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtolj -\shead{NAME} -pbmtolj - convert a portable bitmap into HP LaserJet format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtolj} -{\rm [}{\bf -resolution} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces HP LaserJet data as output. -%.IX "HP LaserJet" -\par -Note that there is no ljtopbm tool. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -resolution}} -\item[{{\bf -resolution}}] -Specifies the resolution of the output device, in dpi. -Typical values are 75, 100, 150, 300. -The default is 75. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer and Michael Haberler. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtolj.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:15 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoln03.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoln03.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoln03}{1}{7 May 1993}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoln03 -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoln03 - convert protable bitmap to DEC LN03+ Sixel output -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoln03} -{\rm [}{\bf -rltbf}{\rm ]} -{\it pbmfile} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -%.IX "DEC LN03+ Sixel" -Produces a DEC LN03+ Sixel output file. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -l nn}} -\item[{{\bf -l nn}}] -Use ``nn'' as value for left margin (default 0). -\item[{{\bf -r nn}}] -Use ``nn'' as value for right margin (default 2400). -\item[{{\bf -t nn}}] -Use ``nn'' as value for top margin (default 0). -\item[{{\bf -b nn}}] -Use ``nn'' as value for bottom margin (default 3400). -\item[{{\bf -f nn}}] -Use ``nn'' as value for form length (default 3400). -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Tim Cook, 26 Feb 1992 -% -% end of input file: pbmtoln03.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:18 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtolps.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtolps.1 -% -\phead{pbmtolps}{12 Dec 1990}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmtolps - convert portable bitmap to PostScript -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pbmtolps [ -dpi n ] [ pbmfile ] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input, and outputs PostScript. -The output Postscript uses lines instead of the image operator to -generate a (device dependent) picture which will be imaged -much faster. -\par -The Postscript path length is constrained to be less that 1000 -points so that no limits are overrun on the Apple Laserwriter -and (presumably) no other printers. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmtops(1), ppmtops(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright George Phillips (phillips@cs.ubc.ca). -% -% end of input file: pbmtolps.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:08 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtomacp.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtomacp.1 -% -\phead{pbmtomacp}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtomacp -\shead{NAME} -pbmtomacp - convert a portable bitmap into a MacPaint file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtomacp} -{\rm [}{\bf -l} -{\it left}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -r} -{\it right}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -b} -{\it bottom}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -t} -{\it top}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -If no input-file is given, standard input is assumed. -Produces a MacPaint file as output. -%.IX MacPaint -%.IX Macintosh -\par -The generated file is only the data fork of a picture. -You will need a program such as -{\it mcvert} -to generate a Macbinary or a BinHex file that contains the necessary -information to identify the file as a PNTG file to MacOS. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -Left, right, bottom \& top let you define a square into the pbm file, -that must be converted. -Default is the whole file. -If the file is too large for a MacPaint-file, the bitmap is cut to fit -from ( left, top ). -\shead{BUGS} -The source code contains comments in a language other than English. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtopict(1), macptopbm(1), pbm(5), mcvert(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Douwe van der Schaaf ($\ldots$!mcvax!uvapsy!vdschaaf). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtomacp.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:08 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtomgr.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtomgr.1 -% -\phead{pbmtomgr}{1}{24 January 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtomgr -\shead{NAME} -pbmtomgr - convert a portable bitmap into a MGR bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtomgr} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a MGR bitmap as output. -%.IX MGR -\shead{SEE ALSO} -mgrtopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtomgr.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:36 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtopgm.1 -% -\phead{pbmtopgm}{12 Dec 1990}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmtopgm - convert portable bitmap to portable graymap by averaging areas -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pbmtopgm $<$width$>$ $<$height$>$ [pbmfile] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. Outputs a portable graymap created by -averaging the number of pixels within a sample area of -% -\it width % -\rm by % -\it height % -\rm around each point. Pbmtopgm is similar to a -special case of ppmconvol. A ppmsmooth step may be needed after pbmtopgm. -\par -Pbmtopgm has the effect of anti-aliasing bitmaps which contain distinct -line features. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Angus Duggan. -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -implied warranty. -\shead{NOTES} -Pbmtopgm works best with odd sample width and heights. -% -% end of input file: pbmtopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:09 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtopi3.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtopi3.1 -% -\phead{pbmtopi3}{1}{11 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtopi3 -\shead{NAME} -pbmtopi3 - convert a portable bitmap into an Atari Degas .pi3 file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtopi3} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces an Atari Degas .pi3 file as output. -%.IX Atari -%.IX "Degas .pi3" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pi3topbm(1), pbm(5), ppmtopi1(1), pi1toppm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by David Beckemeyer (bdt!david) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% end of input file: pbmtopi3.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:18 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtopk.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtopk.1 -% -\phead{pbmtopk}{1}{6 August 1990}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pbmtopk - convert a portable bitmap into a packed (PK) format font -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pbmtopk pkfile[.pk] tfmfile[.tfm] resolution [-s designsize] [-p num param...] -[-C codingscheme] [-F family] [-f optfile] [-c num] -[-W width] [-H height] [-D depth] -[-I ital] [-h horiz] [-v vert] [-x xoff] [-y yoff] [pbmfile]... -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads portable bitmaps as input, and produces a packed (PK) font file and a -TFM (TeX font metric) file as output. The resolution parameter indicates the -resolution of the font, in dots per inch. If the filename ``-'' is used for any -of the filenames, the standard input stream (or standard output where -appropriate) will be used. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-s\ designsize}} -Sets the design size of the font, in TeX's points (72.27pt to the inch). The -default design size is 1. The TFM parameters are given as multiples of the -design size. -\IPitem{{-p\ num\ param...}} -Sets the first num font parameters for the font. The first seven parameters -are the slant, -interword spacing, interword space stretchability, interword space -shrinkability, x-height, quad width, and post-sentence extra space of the -font. Math and symbol fonts may have more parameters; see The TeXbook for a -list of these. Reasonable default values are chosen for parameters which are -not specified. -\IPitem{{-C\ codingscheme}} -Sets the coding scheme comment in the TFM file. -\IPitem{{-F\ family}} -Sets the font family comment in the TFM file. -\IPitem{{-f\ optfile}} -Reads the file optfile, which should contain a lines of the form: -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip} -\nofill -\raggedright - filename xoff yoff horiz vert width height depth ital -\fill -%.ad -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip} -The pbm files specified by the filename parameters are inserted consecutively -in the font with the specified attributes. If any of the attributes are -omitted, or replaced with ``*'', a default value will be calculated from the -size of the bitmap. The settings of the -W, -H, -D, -I, -h, -v, -x, and -y -options do not affected characters created in this way. -The character number can be changed by including a line starting with -``='', -followed by the new number. -Lines beginning with -``\%'' or ``\#'' are ignored. -\IPitem{{-c\ num}} -Sets the character number of the next bitmap encountered to num. -\IPitem{{-W\ width}} -Sets the TFM width of the next character to width (in design size multiples). -\IPitem{{-H\ height}} -Sets the TFM height of the next character to height (in design size multiples). -\IPitem{{-D\ depth}} -Sets the TFM depth of the next character to depth (in design size multiples). -\IPitem{{-I\ ital}} -Sets the italic correction of the next character to -ital (in design size multiples). -\IPitem{{-h\ horiz}} -Sets the horizontal escapement of the next character to horiz (in pixels). -\IPitem{{-v\ vert}} -Sets the vertical escapement of the next character to vert (in pixels). -\IPitem{{-x\ xoff}} -Sets the horizontal offset of the next character to xoff (in pixels). -\IPitem{{-y\ yoff}} -Sets the vertical offset of the next character to yoff (in pixels, from the -top row). -\end{IPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pktopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Adapted from Tom Rokicki's pxtopk by Angus Duggan (ajcd@dcs.ed.ac.uk). - -% -% end of input file: pbmtopk.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:09 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoplot.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoplot.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoplot}{1}{1 September 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoplot -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoplot - convert a portable bitmap into a Unix plot(5) file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoplot} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a Unix -{\it plot} -file. -%.IX plot -\par -Note that there is no plottopbm tool - this transformation is one-way. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5), plot(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Arthur David Olson. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoplot.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:10 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoptx.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoptx.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoptx}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoptx -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoptx - convert a portable bitmap into Printronix printer graphics -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoptx} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a file of Printronix printer graphics as output. -%.IX Printronix -\par -Note that there is no ptxtopbm tool - this transformation is one way. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoptx.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:10 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtox10bm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtox10bm.1 -% -\phead{pbmtox10bm}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtox10bm -\shead{NAME} -pbmtox10bm - convert a portable bitmap into an X10 bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtox10bm} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces an X10 bitmap as output. -This older format is maintained for compatibility. -%.IX "X bitmap" -%.IX "X window system" -\par -Note that there is no x10bmtopbm tool, because -{\it xbmtopbm} -can read both X11 and X10 bitmaps. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtoxbm(1), xbmtopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtox10bm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:11 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoxbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoxbm.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoxbm}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoxbm -\shead{NAME} -pbmtoxbm - convert a portable bitmap into an X11 bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoxbm} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces an X11 bitmap as output. -%.IX "X bitmap" -%.IX "X window system" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtox10bm(1), xbmtopbm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoxbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:12 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtoybm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtoybm.1 -% -\phead{pbmtoybm}{1}{06 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtoybm -\shead{NAME} -pgmtoybm - convert a portable bitmap into a Bennet Yee ``face'' file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtoybm} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces as output a file acceptable to the -{\it face} -and -{\it xbm} -programs by Bennet Yee (bsy+@cs.cmu.edu). -%.IX face -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ybmtopbm(1), pbm(5), face(1), face(5), xbm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jamie Zawinski and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmtoybm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:12 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmtozinc.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmtozinc.1 -% -\phead{pbmtozinc}{l}{02 November 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pbmtozinc -\shead{NAME} -pbmtozinc - convert a portable bitmap into a Zinc bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmtozinc} -{\rm [}{\it pbmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable bitmap as input. -Produces a bitmap in the format used by the Zinc Interface Library -(ZIL) Version 1.0 as output. -%.IX "Zinc Interface Library" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by James Darrell McCauley (jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu) -and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% Zinc and Zinc Interface Library are trademarks of -% Zinc Software Inc., Pleasant Grove, Utah. -% -% end of input file: pbmtozinc.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:13 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pbmupc.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pbmupc.1 -% -\phead{pbmupc}{1}{14 March 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pbmupc -\shead{NAME} -pbmupc - create a Universal Product Code bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pbmupc} -{\rm [}{\bf -s1}{\rm $|$}{\bf -s2}{\rm ]} -{\it type manufac product} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Generates a Universal Product Code symbol. -%.IX "Universal Product Code" -The three arguments are: a one digit product type, a five digit -manufacturer code, and a five digit product code. -For example, ``0 72890 00011'' is the code for Heineken. -%.IX Heineken -\par -As presently configured, -{\it pbmupc} -produces a bitmap 230 bits wide and 175 bits high. -The size can be altered by changing the defines at the beginning of -the program, or by running the output through -{\it pnmenlarge} -or -{\it pnmscale}{\rm .} -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The -{\bf -s1} -and -{\bf -s2} -flags select the style of UPC to generate. -The default, -{\bf -s1}{\rm ,} -looks more or less like this: -\nofill - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ -0$|$$|$12345$|$$|$67890$|$$|$5 -\fill -The other style, -{\bf -s2}{\rm ,} -puts the product type digit higher up, and -doesn't display the checksum digit: -\nofill - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ -0$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ - $|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$$|$ - $|$$|$12345$|$$|$67890$|$$|$ -\fill -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pbmupc.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:42 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pcxtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pcxtoppm.1 -% -\phead{pcxtoppm}{1}{9 April 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pcxtoppm -\shead{NAME} -pcxtoppm - convert a PCX file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pcxtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it pcxfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a PCX file as input. -%.IX PCX -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtopcx(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Michael Davidson. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pcxtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:38 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgm.5 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgm.5 -% -\phead{pgm}{5}{12 November 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pgm - portable graymap file format -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -The portable graymap format is a lowest common denominator grayscale -file format. -%.IX "PGM file format" -The definition is as follows: -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-}} -A ``magic number'' for identifying the file type. -A pgm file's magic number is the two characters ``P2''. -%.IX "magic numbers" -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace (blanks, TABs, CRs, LFs). -\IPitem{{-}} -A width, formatted as ASCII characters in decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -A height, again in ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -The maximum gray value, again in ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -Width * height gray values, each in ASCII decimal, between 0 and the specified -maximum value, separated by whitespace, starting at the top-left -corner of the graymap, proceeding in normal English reading order. -A value of 0 means black, and the maximum value means white. -\IPitem{{-}} -Characters from a ``\#'' to the next end-of-line are ignored (comments). -\IPitem{{-}} -No line should be longer than 70 characters. -\end{IPlist} - -\par -Here is an example of a small graymap in this format: -\nofill -P2 -\# feep.pgm -24 7 -15 -0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -0 3 3 3 3 0 0 7 7 7 7 0 0 11 11 11 11 0 0 15 15 15 15 0 -0 3 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 15 0 -0 3 3 3 0 0 0 7 7 7 0 0 0 11 11 11 0 0 0 15 15 15 15 0 -0 3 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 -0 3 0 0 0 0 0 7 7 7 7 0 0 11 11 11 11 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 -0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -\fill -\par -Programs that read this format should be as lenient as possible, -accepting anything that looks remotely like a graymap. -\par -There is also a variant on the format, available -by setting the RAWBITS option at compile time. This variant is -different in the following ways: -%.IX RAWBITS -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-}} -The ``magic number'' is ``P5'' instead of ``P2''. -\IPitem{{-}} -The gray values are stored as plain bytes, instead of ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -No whitespace is allowed in the grays section, and only a single character -of whitespace (typically a newline) is allowed after the maxval. -\IPitem{{-}} -The files are smaller and many times faster to read and write. -\end{IPlist} - -\par -Note that this raw format can only be used for maxvals less than -or equal to 255. -If you use the -{\it pgm} -library and try to write a file with a larger maxval, -it will automatically fall back on the slower but more general plain -format. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -fitstopgm(1), fstopgm(1), hipstopgm(1), lispmtopgm(1), psidtopgm(1), -rawtopgm(1), -pgmbentley(1), pgmcrater(1), pgmedge(1), pgmenhance(1), pgmhist(1), pgmnorm(1), -pgmoil(1), pgmramp(1), pgmtexture(1), -pgmtofits(1), pgmtofs(1), pgmtolispm(1), pgmtopbm(1), -pnm(5), pbm(5), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgm.5 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:26 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmbentley.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmbentley.1 -% -\phead{pgmbentley}{1}{11 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pgmbentley -\shead{NAME} -pgmbentley - Bentleyize a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmbentley} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Performs The Bentley Effect, and writes a portable graymap as output. -%.IX "Bentley Effect" -\par -The Bentley Effect is described in ``Beyond Photography'' by Holzmann, -chapter 4, photo 4. -It's a vertical smearing based on brightness. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmoil(1), ppmrelief(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Wilson Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmbentley.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:27 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmcrater.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmcrater.1 -% -\phead{pgmcrater}{1}{15 October 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pgmcrater -%.IX fractals -%.IX craters -\shead{NAME} -pgmcrater - create cratered terrain by fractal forgery -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\raggedright -{\bf pgmcrater} -'ti 15 -{\rm [}{\bf -number} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -height}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ysize} -{\it s}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -width}{\rm $|$}{\bf -xsize} -{\it s}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -gamma} -{\it g}{\rm ]} -%.ad -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -{\bf pgmcrater} -creates a portable graymap which mimics cratered terrain. The graymap -is created by simulating the impact of a given number of craters with -random position and size, then rendering the resulting terrain -elevations based on a light source shining from one side of the -screen. The size distribution of the craters is based on a power law -which results in many more small craters than large ones. The number -of craters of a given size varies as the reciprocal of the area as -described on pages 31 and 32 of Peitgen and Saupe[1]; cratered bodies -in the Solar System are observed to obey this relationship. The -formula used to obtain crater radii governed by this law from a -uniformly distributed pseudorandom sequence was developed by Rudy -Rucker. -\par -High resolution images with large numbers of craters often benefit -from being piped through -{\bf pnmsmooth}{\rm .} -The averaging performed by this process eliminates some of the jagged -pixels and lends a mellow ``telescopic image'' feel to the overall -picture. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -number}{\it \ n} -} -\item[{{\bf -number}{\it \ n} -}] -Causes -{\it n} -craters to be generated. If no -{\bf -number} -specification is given, 50000 craters will be generated. Don't expect -to see them all! For every large crater there are many, many more -tiny ones which tend simply to erode the landscape. In general, the -more craters you specify the more realistic the result; ideally you -want the entire terrain to have been extensively turned over again and -again by cratering. High resolution images containing five to ten -million craters are stunning but take quite a while to create. -\item[{{\bf -height}{\it \ height} -}] -Sets the height of the generated image to -{\it height} -pixels. The default height is 256 pixels. -\item[{{\bf -width}{\it \ width} -}] -Sets the width of the generated image to -{\it width} -pixels. The default width is 256 pixels. -\item[{{\bf -xsize}{\it \ width} -}] -Sets the width of the generated image to -{\it width} -pixels. The default width is 256 pixels. -\item[{{\bf -ysize}{\it \ height} -}] -Sets the height of the generated image to -{\it height} -pixels. The default height is 256 pixels. -\item[{{\bf -gamma}{\it \ factor} -}] -The specified -{\it factor} -is used to gamma correct the graymap in the same manner as performed -by -{\bf pnmgamma}{\rm .} -The default value is 1.0, which results in a medium contrast image. -Values larger than 1 lighten the image and reduce contrast, while -values less than 1 darken the image, increasing contrast. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{BUGS} -The -{\bf -gamma} -option isn't really necessary since you can achieve the same -effect by piping the output from -{\bf pgmcrater} -through -{\bf pnmgamma}{\rm .} -However, -{\bf pgmcrater} -performs an internal gamma map anyway in the process of rendering the -elevation array into a graymap, so there's no additional overhead in -allowing a user-specified gamma. -\par -Real craters have two distinct morphologies. -{\bf pgmcrater} -simulates only small craters, which are hemispherical in shape -(regardless of the incidence angle of the impacting body, as long as the -velocity is sufficiently high). Large craters, such as Copernicus and -Tycho on the Moon, have a ``walled plain'' shape with a cross-section more -like: -\nofill -%.ne 2 -%.cs R 18 - /\bs /\bs -\nwl - \_\_\_\_\_/ \bs \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_/\bs \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_/ \bs \_\_\_\_\_ -%.cs R -\fill -%.ss 12 -Larger craters should really use this profile, including the central -peak, and totally obliterate the pre-existing terrain. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -{\bf pgm}{\rm (5),} -{\bf pnmgamma}{\rm (1),} -{\bf pnmsmooth}{\rm (1)} -\begin{TPlist}{[1]} -\item[{[1]}] -Peitgen, H.-O., and Saupe, D. eds., The Science Of Fractal Images, -New York: Springer Verlag, 1988. -%.ne 10 -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{AUTHOR} -\ind{1\parindent}{\nofill - John Walker - Autodesk SA - Avenue des Champs-Montants 14b - CH-2074 MARIN - Suisse/Schweiz/Svizzera/Svizra/Switzerland -\fill} -\begin{TPlist}{Usenet:} -\item[{Usenet:}] -kelvin@Autodesk.com -\item[{Fax:}] -038/33 88 15 -\item[{Voice:}] -038/33 76 33 -\end{TPlist} - -\par -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -without any conditions or restrictions. This software is provided ``as -is'' without express or implied warranty. -\par -{\bf PLUGWARE!} -If you like this kind of stuff, you may also enjoy ``James Gleick's -Chaos--The Software'' for MS-DOS, available for \$59.95 from your -local software store or directly from Autodesk, Inc., Attn: Science -Series, 2320 Marinship Way, Sausalito, CA 94965, USA. Telephone: -(800) 688-2344 toll-free or, outside the U.S. (415) 332-2344 Ext -4886. Fax: (415) 289-4718. ``Chaos--The Software'' includes a more -comprehensive fractal forgery generator which creates -three-dimensional landscapes as well as clouds and planets, plus five -more modules which explore other aspects of Chaos. The user guide of -more than 200 pages includes an introduction by James Gleick and -detailed explanations by Rudy Rucker of the mathematics and algorithms -used by each program. -% -% end of input file: pgmcrater.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:27 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmedge.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmedge.1 -% -\phead{pgmedge}{1}{04 February 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pgmedge -\shead{NAME} -pgmedge - edge-detect a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmedge} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Outlines the edges, and writes a portable graymap as output. -%.IX "edge detection" -Piping the result through -{\bf pgmtopbm -threshold} -and playing with the -threshold value will give a bitmap of the edges. -%.IX thresholding -\par -The edge detection technique used is to take the Pythagorean sum of -two Sobel gradient operators at 90 degrees to each other. -For more details see ``Digital Image Processing'' by Gonzalez and Wintz, -chapter 7. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmenhance(1), pgmtopbm(1), pgm(5), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmedge.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:28 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmenhance.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmenhance.1 -% -\phead{pgmenhance}{1}{13 January 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pgmenhance -\shead{NAME} -pgmenhance - edge-enhance a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmenhance} -{\rm [}{\it -N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Enhances the edges, and writes a portable graymap as output. -%.IX "edge enhancement" -\par -The edge enhancing technique is taken from Philip R. Thompson's ``xim'' -program, which in turn took it from section 6 of ``Digital Halftones by -Dot Diffusion'', D. E. Knuth, ACM Transaction on Graphics Vol. 6, No. 4, -October 1987, which in turn got it from two 1976 papers by J. F. Jarvis -{\it et. al.} -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The optional -{\it -N} -flag should be a digit from 1 to 9. -1 is the lowest level of enhancement, 9 is the highest, -The default is 9. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmedge(1), pgm(5), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmenhance.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:29 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmhist.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmhist.1 -% -\phead{pgmhist}{1}{28 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pgmhist -\shead{NAME} -pgmhist - print a histogram of the values in a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmhist} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Prints a histogram of the gray values. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmnorm(1), pgm(5), ppmhist(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmhist.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Feb 4 14:35:48 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmkernel.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmkernel.1 -% -\phead{pgmkernel}{1}{10 December 1992}{}{} - -%.IX pgmkernel -\shead{NAME} -pgmkernel - generate a convolution kernel -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmkernel} [{\bf --weight}{\it w}] {\it width} [{\it height}] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Generates a portable graymap array of size -{\it width} x {\it height} (or {\it width} x {\it width} if {\it height} -is not specified) to be used as a convolution file by -{\bf pnmconvol}{\rm .} -The data in the convolution array K are computed according to the -formula: -\par -K(i,j) = 1 / ( 1 + w * sqrt((i-width/2)\^{}2 + (j-height/2)\^{}2)) -\par -where -{\it w} -is a coefficient specified via the -{\it --weight} -flag, and -{\it width} -and -{\it height} -are the X and Y filter sizes. -\par -The output PGM file is always written out in ASCII format. -\shead{OPTIONS} -The optional -{\it -weight} -flag should be a real number greater than -1. -The default value is 6.0. -\shead{BUGS} -The computation time is proportional to -{\it width} -* -{\it height}{\rm .} -This increases rapidly with the increase of the kernel size. -A better approach could be using a FFT in these cases. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmconvol(1), pnmsmooth(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Alberto Accomazzi (alberto@cfa.harvard.edu). -% -% end of input file: pgmkernel.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:21:08 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmnoise.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmnoise.1 -% -\phead{pgmnoise}{1}{16 November 1993}{}{} - -%.IX pgmnoise -\shead{NAME} -pgmnoise - create a graymap made up of white noise -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmnoise} -{\it width height} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Creates a portable graymap that is made up of random pixels with -gray values in the range of 0 to PGM\_MAXMAXVAL (depends on the compilation, -either 255 or 65535). The graymap has a size of width * height pixels. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Frank Neumann. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmnoise.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:29 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmnorm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmnorm.1 -% -\phead{pgmnorm}{1}{28 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pgmnorm -\shead{NAME} -pgmnorm - normalize the contrast in a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmnorm} -{\rm [}{\bf -bpercent} -{\it N} -$|$ -{\bf -bvalue} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -wpercent} -{\it N} -$|$ -{\bf -wvalue} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Normalizes the contrast by forcing the lightest pixels to white, the -%.IX "contrast normalization" -darkest pixels to black, and linearly rescaling the ones in between; -and produces a portable graymap as output. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -By default, the darkest 2 percent of all pixels are mapped to black, and -the lightest 1 percent are mapped to white. -You can override these percentages by using the -{\bf -bpercent} -and -{\bf -wpercent} -flags, -or you can specify the exact pixel values to be mapped by using the -{\bf -bvalue} -and -{\bf -wvalue} -flags. -Appropriate numbers for the flags can be gotten from the -{\it pgmhist} -tool. -%.IX pgmhist -If you just want to enhance the contrast, then choose values at elbows in the -histogram; {\it e.g.}, if value 29 represents 3\% of the image but value 30 -represents 20\%, choose 30 for -{\it bvalue}{\rm .} -If you want to lighten the -image, then set -{\it bvalue} -to 0 and just fiddle with -{\it wvalue}{\rm ;} -similarly, to darken the image, set -{\it wvalue} -to maxval and play with -{\it bvalue}{\rm .} -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmhist(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Partially based on the fbnorm filter in Michael Mauldin's ``Fuzzy -Pixmap'' -package. - -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmnorm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:30 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmoil.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmoil.1 -% -\phead{pgmoil}{1}{11 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pgmoil -\shead{NAME} -pgmoil - turn a portable graymap into an oil painting -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmoil} -{\rm [}{\bf -n} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Does an ``oil transfer'', and writes a portable graymap as output. -%.IX "oil transfer" -\par -The oil transfer is described in ``Beyond Photography'' by Holzmann, -chapter 4, photo 7. -It's a sort of localized smearing. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The optional -{\bf -n} -flag controls the size of the area smeared. The default value is 3. -\shead{BUGS} -Takes a long time to run. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmbentley(1), ppmrelief(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Wilson Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmoil.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:30 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmramp.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmramp.1 -% -\phead{pgmramp}{1}{24 November 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pgmramp -\shead{NAME} -pgmramp - generate a grayscale ramp -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmramp} -{\bf -lr}{\rm $|$}{\bf -tb} -$|$ -{\bf -rectangle}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ellipse} -{\it width height} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Generates a graymap of the specified size containing a black-to-white ramp. -%.IX "generating graymaps" -These ramps are useful for multiplying with other images, using the -{\it pnmarith} -tool. -%.IX pnmarith -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -lr}} -\item[{{\bf -lr}}] -A left to right ramp. -\item[{{\bf -tb}}] -A top to bottom ramp. -\item[{{\bf -rectangle}}] -A rectangular ramp. -\item[{{\bf -ellipse}}] -An elliptical ramp. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmarith(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmramp.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:35 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmtexture.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmtexture.1 -% -\phead{pgmtexture}{1}{22 Aug 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pgmtexture -\shead{NAME} -pgmtexture - calculate textural features on a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmtexture} -{\rm [}{\bf -d} -{\it d}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. Calculates textural features -based on spatial dependence matrices at 0, 45, 90, and 135 degrees for -a distance -{\it d} -(default = 1). -Textural features include: -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{}} -(1) Angular Second Moment, -\nwl -(2) Contrast, -\nwl -(3) Correlation, -\nwl -(4) Variance, -\nwl -(5) Inverse Difference Moment, -\nwl -(6) Sum Average, -\nwl -(7) Sum Variance, -\nwl -(8) Sum Entropy, -\nwl -(9) Entropy, -\nwl -(10) Difference Variance, -\nwl -(11) Difference Entropy, -\nwl -(12, 13) Information Measures of Correlation, and -\nwl -(14) Maximal Correlation Coefficient. -\end{IPlist} - -\par -Algorithm taken from: -\nwl -Haralick, R.M., K. Shanmugam, and I. Dinstein. 1973. Textural features -for image classification. -{\it IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man,} -{\it and Cybertinetics,} -SMC-3(6):610-621. -\shead{BUGS} -The program can run incredibly slow for large images (larger than 64 x 64) -and command line options are limited. -The method for finding (14) the maximal correlation coefficient, which -requires finding the second largest eigenvalue of a matrix Q, does not -always converge. -\shead{REFERENCES} -{\it IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man,} -{\it and Cybertinetics,} -SMC-3(6):610-621. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgm(5), pnmcut(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Texas Agricultural Experiment Station, employer for -hire of James Darrell McCauley. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% THE TEXAS AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION (TAES) AND THE TEXAS A&M -% UNIVERSITY SYSTEM (TAMUS) MAKE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES -% (INCLUDING BY WAY OF EXAMPLE, MERCHANTABILITY) WITH RESPECT TO ANY -% ITEM, AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL -% OR CONSEQUENTAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE POSESSION OR USE OF -% ANY SUCH ITEM. LICENSEE AND/OR USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD -% TAES AND TAMUS HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR -% POSSESSION OF SUCH ITEMS. -% -% end of input file: pgmtexture.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:31 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmtofits.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmtofits.1 -% -\phead{pgmtofits}{1}{20 September 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pgmtofits -\shead{NAME} -pgmtofits - convert a portable graymap into FITS format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmtofits} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Produces a FITS file as output. -%.IX FITS -\par -FITS stands for Flexible Image Transport System. A full description -can be found in Astronomy \& Astrophysics Supplement Series 44 (1981), -page 363. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -fitstopgm(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Wilson H. Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmtofits.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:31 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmtofs.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmtofs.1 -% -\phead{pgmtofs}{1}{18 May 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pgmtofs -\shead{NAME} -pgmtofs - convert portable graymap to Usenix FaceSaver(tm) format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmtofs} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Produces Usenix FaceSaver(tm) format as output. -%.IX FaceSaver -\par -FaceSaver is a registered trademark of Metron Computerware Ltd. of -Oakland, CA. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -fstopgm(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmtofs.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:32 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmtolispm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmtolispm.1 -% -\phead{pgmtolispm}{1}{06 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pgmtolispm -\shead{NAME} -pgmtolispm - convert a portable graymap into Lisp Machine format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmtolispm} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Produces a Lisp Machine bitmap as output. -%.IX "Lisp Machine bitmap" -\par -This is the file format read by the tv:read-bit-array-file function on -TI Explorer and Symbolics lisp machines. -\par -Given a pgm (instead of a pbm) a multi-plane image will be output. -This is probably not useful unless you have a color lisp machine. -\par -Multi-plane bitmaps on lisp machines are color; but the lispm image file -format does not include a color map, so we must treat it as a graymap -instead. This is unfortunate. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -lispmtopgm(1), pgm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -Output width is always rounded up to the nearest multiple of 32; this might -not always be what you want, but it probably is (arrays which are not -modulo 32 cannot be passed to the Lispm BITBLT function, and thus cannot -easily be displayed on the screen). -\par -No color. -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jamie Zawinski and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmtolispm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:33 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmtopbm.1 -% -\phead{pgmtopbm}{1}{26 July 1988}{}{} - -%.IX pgmtopbm -\shead{NAME} -pgmtopbm - convert a portable graymap into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmtopbm} -{\rm [}{\bf -floyd}{\rm $|$}{\bf -fs}{\rm $|$}{\bf -threshold} -{\rm $|$}{\bf -dither8}{\rm $|$}{\bf -d8}{\rm $|$}{\bf -cluster3} -{\rm $|$}{\bf -c3}{\rm $|$}{\bf -cluster4}{\rm $|$}{\bf -c4} -{\rm $|$}{\bf -cluster8}{\rm $|$}{\bf -c8}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -value} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -%.IX halftoning -\par -Note that there is no pbmtopgm converter, because any pgm program can -read pbm files automagically. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The default quantization method is boustrophedonic Floyd-Steinberg error -diffusion -{\rm (}{\bf -floyd} -or -{\bf -fs}{\rm ).} -%.IX Floyd-Steinberg -%.IX "error diffusion" -Also available are simple thresholding -{\rm (}{\bf -threshold}{\rm );} -%.IX thresholding -Bayer's ordered dither -{\rm (}{\bf -dither8}{\rm )} -with a 16x16 matrix; and three different sizes of 45-degree clustered-dot dither -{\rm (}{\bf -cluster3}{\rm ,} -{\bf -cluster4}{\rm ,} -{\bf -cluster8}{\rm ).} -%.IX dithering -\par -Floyd-Steinberg will almost always give the best looking results; however, -looking good is not always what you want. -For instance, thresholding can be used in a pipeline with the -{\it pnmconvol} -%.IX pnmconvol -tool, for tasks like edge and peak detection. -And clustered-dot dithering gives a newspaper-ish look, a useful special effect. -\par -The -{\bf -value} -flag alters the thresholding value for Floyd-Steinberg and -simple thresholding. -It should be a real number between 0 and 1. -Above 0.5 means darker images; below 0.5 means lighter. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{REFERENCES} -The only reference you need for this stuff is ``Digital Halftoning'' by -Robert Ulichney, MIT Press, ISBN 0--262--21009--6. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmreduce(1), pgm(5), pbm(5), pnmconvol(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:43 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pgmtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pgmtoppm.1 -% -\phead{pgmtoppm}{1}{11 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pgmtoppm -\shead{NAME} -pgmtoppm - colorize a portable graymap into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pgmtoppm} -{\it colorspec} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pgmtoppm} -{\it colorspec1}{\bf -}{\it colorspec2} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pgmtoppm -map} -{\it mapfile} -{\rm [}{\it pgmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable graymap as input. -Colorizes it by multiplying the the gray values by specified color or colors, -and produces a portable pixmap as output. -%.IX colorization -\par -If only one color is specified, black in the pgm file stays black and -white in the pgm file turns into the specified color in the ppm file. -If two colors (separated by a dash) are specified, then black gets mapped -to the first color and white gets mapped to the second. -\par -The color can be specified in five ways: -%.IX "specifying colors" -\begin{TPlist}{o} -\item[{o}] -A name, assuming -that a pointer to an X11-style color names file was compiled in. -\item[{o}] -An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r g and b are -each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. -\item[{o}] -An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -\item[{o}] -For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style hexadecimal -number: \#rgb, \#rrggbb, \#rrrgggbbb, or \#rrrrggggbbbb. -\item[{o}] -For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers -separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -(This style was added before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) -\end{TPlist} - -\par -Also, the -{\bf -map} -flag lets you specify an entire colormap to be used. -The mapfile is just a -{\it ppm} -file; it can be any shape, all that matters -is the colors in it and their order. -In this case, black gets mapped into the first -color in the map file, and white gets mapped to the last. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -rgb3toppm(1), ppmtopgm(1), ppmtorgb3(1), ppm(5), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pgmtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:43 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pi1toppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pi1toppm.1 -% -\phead{pi1toppm}{1}{19 July 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pi1toppm -\shead{NAME} -pi1toppm - convert an Atari Degas .pi1 into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pi1toppm} -{\rm [}{\it pi1file}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Atari Degas .pi1 file as input. -%.IX Atari -%.IX "Degas .pi1" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtopi1(1), ppm(5), pi3topbm(1), pbmtopi3(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Steve Belczyk (seb3@gte.com) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pi1toppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:13 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pi3topbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pi3topbm.1 -% -\phead{pi3topbm}{1}{11 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX pi3topbm -\shead{NAME} -pi3topbm - convert an Atari Degas .pi3 file into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pi3topbm} -{\rm [}{\it pi3file}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Atari Degas .pi3 file as input. -%.IX Atari -%.IX "Degas .pi3" -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtopi3(1), pbm(5), pi1toppm(1), ppmtopi1(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by David Beckemeyer (bdt!david) and Diomidis D. Spinellis. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% end of input file: pi3topbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:44 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: picttoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: picttoppm.1 -% -\phead{picttoppm}{1}{29 November 1991}{}{} - -%.IX picttoppm -\shead{NAME} -picttoppm - convert a Macintosh PICT file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf picttoppm} -{\rm [}{\bf -verbose}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -fullres}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -noheader}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pictfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a PICT file (version 1 or 2) and outputs a portable pixmap. -%.IX PICT -%.IX Macintosh -Useful as the first step in converting a scanned image to something -that can be displayed on Unix. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf --fullres}} -\item[{{\bf --fullres}}] -Force any images in the PICT file to be output with at least their -full resolution. A PICT file may indicate that a contained -image is to be scaled down before output. This option forces images -to retain their sizes and prevent information loss. -\item[{{\bf --noheader}}] -Do not skip the 512 byte header that is present on all PICT files. -This is useful when you have PICT data that was not stored in -the data fork of a PICT file. -\item[{{\bf --verbose}}] -Turns on verbose mode which prints a -a whole bunch of information that only -{\it picttoppm} -hackers really care about. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -The PICT file format is a general drawing format. -{\it picttoppm} -only supports a small subset of its operations but is still very useful for -files produced by scanning software. In particular, text added to a -scanned image will be silently ignored. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -Inside Macintosh volume 5, -ppmtopict(1), -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 George Phillips (phillips@cs.ubc.ca). -% Permission is granted to freely distribute this program in whole or in -% part provided you don't make money off it, you don't pretend that you -% wrote it and that this notice accompanies the code. -% -% George Phillips <phillips@cs.ubc.ca> -% Department of Computer Science -% University of British Columbia -% -% end of input file: picttoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:44 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pjtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pjtoppm.1 -% -\phead{pjtoppm}{1}{14 July 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pjtoppm -\shead{NAME} -pjtoppm - convert an HP PaintJet file to a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pjtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it paintjet}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an HP PaintJet file as input and converts it into a portable pixmap. -This was a quick hack to save some trees, and it only handles a small -subset of the paintjet commands. -In particular, it will only handle -enough commands to convert most raster image files. -\shead{REFERENCES} -HP PaintJet XL Color Graphics Printer User's Guide -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtopj(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Christos Zoulas. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pjtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:19 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pktopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pktopbm.1 -% -\phead{pktopbm}{1}{6 August 1990}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pktopbm - convert packed (PK) format font into portable bitmap(s) -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pktopbm pkfile[.pk] [-c num] pbmfile ... -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a packed (PK) font file as input, and produces portable bitmaps as -output. If the filename ``-'' is used for any -of the filenames, the standard input stream (or standard output where -appropriate) will be used. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-c\ num}} -Sets the character number of the next bitmap written to num. -\end{IPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtopk(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Adapted from Tom Rokicki's pxtopk by Angus Duggan (ajcd@dcs.ed.ac.uk. - -% -% end of input file: pktopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:35 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnm.5 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnm.5 -% -\phead{pnm}{5}{27 September 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pnm - portable anymap file format -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -The -{\it pnm} -programs operate on portable bitmaps, graymaps, and pixmaps, produced by the -{\it pbm, pgm,} -and -{\it ppm} -segments. There is no file format associated with -{\it pnm} -itself. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -anytopnm(1), rasttopnm(1), tifftopnm(1), xwdtopnm(1), -pnmtops(1), pnmtorast(1), pnmtotiff(1), pnmtoxwd(1), -pnmarith(1), pnmcat(1), pnmconvol(1), pnmcrop(1), pnmcut(1), -pnmdepth(1), pnmenlarge(1), pnmfile(1), pnmflip(1), pnmgamma(1), -pnmindex(1), pnminvert(1), pnmmargin(1), pnmnoraw(1), pnmpaste(1), -pnmrotate(1), pnmscale(1), pnmshear(1), pnmsmooth(1), pnmtile(1), -ppm(5), pgm(5), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnm.5 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Feb 7 08:47:49 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmalias.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmalias.1 -% -\phead{pnmalias}{1}{30 April 1992}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pnmalias - antialias a portable anyumap. -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmalias} -{\rm [}{\bf -bgcolor} -{\it color}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -fgcolor} -{\it color}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -bonly}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -fonly}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -balias}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -falias}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -weight} -{\it w}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input, and applies anti-aliasing to background and -foreground pixels. -If the input file is a portable bitmap, the -output anti-aliased image is promoted to a graymap, and a message is printed -informing the user of the change in format. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -{\bf --bgcolor} -{\it colorb,} -{\bf --fgcolor} -{\it colorf} -\ind{1\parindent}set the background color to -{\it colorb,} -and the foreground to color to -{\it colorf.} -Pixels with these values will be anti-aliased. by default, -the background color is taken to be black, and foreground color -is assumed to be white. -The colors can be specified in five ways: -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf o}} -\item[{{\bf o}}] -A name, assuming -that a pointer to an X11-style color names file was compiled in. -\item[{{\bf o}}] -An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r g and b are -each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. -\item[{{\bf o}}] -An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -\item[{{\bf o}}] -For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style hexadecimal -number: \#rgb, \#rrggbb, \#rrrgggbbb, or \#rrrrggggbbbb. -\item[{{\bf o}}] -For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers -separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -(This style was added before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) -\end{TPlist} -\par\noindent -Note that even when dealing with graymaps, background and foreground -colors need to be specified in the fashion described above. -In this case, background and foreground pixel values are taken to be the -value of the red component for the given color. -\ind{1\parindent} -\par -{\bf --bonly}{\rm ,} -{\bf --fonly} -\ind{1\parindent}Apply anti-aliasing only to background -{\rm (}{\bf --bonly}{\rm ),} -or foreground -{\rm (}{\bf --fonly}{\rm )} -pixels. -\ind{1\parindent} -\par -{\bf --balias}{\rm ,} -{\bf --falias} -\ind{1\parindent}Apply anti-aliasing to all pixels surrounding background -{\rm (}{\bf --balias}{\rm ),} -or foreground -{\rm (}{\bf --falias}{\rm )} -pixels. By default, anti-aliasing takes place only among neighboring -background and foreground pixels. -\ind{1\parindent} -\par -{\bf --weight} -{\it w} -\ind{1\parindent}Use -{\it w} -as the central weight for the aliasing filter. -{\it W} -must be a real number in the range -0 $<$ -{\it w} -$<$ 1. -The lower the value of -{\it w} -is, the ``blurrier'' the output image is. The default is w = 1/3. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtext(1), pnmsmooth(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1992 by Alberto Accomazzi, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmalias.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:17 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmarith.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmarith.1 -% -\phead{pnmarith}{1}{26 August 1993}{}{} - -%.IX pnmarith -\shead{NAME} -pnmarith - perform arithmetic on two portable anymaps -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmarith} -{\bf -add}{\rm $|$}{\bf -subtract}{\rm $|$}{\bf -multiply}{\rm $|$}{\bf -difference} -{\it pnmfile1 pnmfile2} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads two portable anymaps as input. -Performs the specified arithmetic operation, -and produces a portable anymap as output. -The two input anymaps must be the same width and height. -\par -The arithmetic is performed between corresponding pixels in the two -anymaps, as if maxval was 1.0, black was 0.0, and a linear scale in between. -Results that fall outside of [0..1) are truncated. -\par -The operator -{\it -difference} -calculates the absolute value of -{\it pnmarith -subtract pnmfile1 pnmfile2,} -{\it i.e.}, no truncation is done. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmmask(1), pnmpaste(1), pnminvert(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer.. -Lightly modified by Marcel Wijkstra (wijkstra@fwi.uva.nl). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmarith.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:17 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmcat.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmcat.1 -% -\phead{pnmcat}{1}{12 March 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmcat -\shead{NAME} -pnmcat - concatenate portable anymaps -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmcat} -{\rm [}{\bf -white}{\rm $|$}{\bf -black}{\rm ]} -{\bf -leftright}{\rm $|$}{\bf -lr} -{\rm [}{\bf -jtop}{\rm $|$}{\bf -jbottom}{\rm ]} -{\it pnmfile pnmfile} -{\rm ...} -\nwl -{\bf pnmcat} -{\rm [}{\bf -white}{\rm $|$}{\bf -black}{\rm ]} -{\bf -topbottom}{\rm $|$}{\bf -tb} -{\rm [}{\bf -jleft}{\rm $|$}{\bf -jright}{\rm ]} -{\it pnmfile pnmfile} -{\rm ...} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads portable anymaps as input. -Concatenates them either left to right or top to bottom, and produces a -portable anymap as output. -%.IX concatenation -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -If the anymaps are not all the same height (left-right) or width (top-bottom), -the smaller ones have to be justified with the largest. -By default, they get centered, but you can specify one side or the other -with one of the -j* flags. -So, -{\bf -topbottom -jleft} -would stack the anymaps on top of each other, flush with the left edge. -\par -The -{\bf -white} -and -{\bf -black} -flags specify what color to use to fill in the extra space -when doing this justification. -If neither is specified, the program makes a guess. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmcat.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:31 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmcomp.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmcomp.1 -% -\phead{pnmcomp}{1}{21 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmcomp -\shead{NAME} -pnmcomp - composite two portable anymap files together -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmcomp} -{\rm [}{\it -invert}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it -xoff}{\rm N}{\it ]} -{\rm [}{\it -yoff}{\rm N}{\it ]} -{\rm [}{\it -alpha}{\rm pgmfile}{\it ]} -{\rm overlay} -{\rm [}{\it pnm-input}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnm-output}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads in a portable any map image and put a overlay upon it, with optional -alpha mask. The -{\it -alpha pgmfile} -allows you to also add an alpha mask file to the compositing process, the -range of max and min can be swapped by using the -{\it -invert} -option. -The -{\it -xoff} -and -{\it -yoff} -arguments can be negative, allowing you to shift the overlay off the -top corner of the screen. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1992 by David Koblas (koblas@mips.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmcomp.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:18 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmconvol.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmconvol.1 -% -\phead{pnmconvol}{1}{13 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmconvol -\shead{NAME} -pnmconvol - general MxN convolution on a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmconvol} -{\it convolutionfile} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads two portable anymaps as input. -Convolves the second using the first, -and writes a portable anymap as output. -%.IX convolution -\par -Convolution means replacing each pixel with a weighted average of the -nearby pixels. The weights and the area to average are determined by -the convolution matrix. -The unsigned numbers in the convolution file are offset by -maxval/2 to -make signed numbers, and then normalized, so the actual values in the -convolution file are only relative. -\par -Here is a sample convolution file; -it does a simple average of the nine immediate neighbors, resulting -in a smoothed image: -\nofill - P2 - 3 3 - 18 - 10 10 10 - 10 10 10 - 10 10 10 -\fill -\par -To see how this works, do the above-mentioned offset: 10 - 18/2 gives 1. -The possible range of values is from 0 to 18, and after the offset -that's -9 to 9. The normalization step makes the range -1 to 1, and -the values get scaled correspondingly so they become 1/9 - exactly what -you want. -The equivalent matrix for 5x5 smoothing would have maxval 50 and be -filled with 26. -\par -The convolution file will usually be a graymap, -so that the same convolution gets applied to each color component. -However, if you want to use a pixmap and do a different convolution to -different colors, you can certainly do that. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmsmooth(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmconvol.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:18 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmcrop.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmcrop.1 -% -\phead{pnmcrop}{1}{25 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmcrop -\shead{NAME} -pnmcrop - crop a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmcrop} -{\rm [}{\bf -white}{\rm $|$}{\bf -black}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -left}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -right}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -top}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -bottom}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Removes edges that are the background color, -and produces a portable anymap as output. -%.IX cropping -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -By default, it makes a guess as to what the background color is. -You can override the default with the -{\bf -white} -and -{\bf -black} -flags. -\par -The options -{\bf -left, -right, -top} -and -{\bf -bottom} -restrict cropping to the sides specified. The default is to crop all sides of -the image. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmcut(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmcrop.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:19 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmcut.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmcut.1 -% -\phead{pnmcut}{1}{21 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmcut -\shead{NAME} -pnmcut - cut a rectangle out of a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmcut} -{\it x y width height} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Extracts the specified rectangle, -and produces a portable anymap as output. -%.IX cut -The -{\it x} -and -{\it y} -can be negative, in which case they are interpreted -relative to the right and bottom of the anymap, respectively. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmcut.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:20 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmdepth.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmdepth.1 -% -\phead{pnmdepth}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmdepth -\shead{NAME} -pnmdepth - change the maxval in a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmdepth} -{\it newmaxval} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Scales all the pixel values, and writes out the image with the new maxval. -Scaling the colors down to a smaller maxval will result in some loss -of information. -\par -Be careful of off-by-one errors when choosing the new maxval. -For instance, if you want the color values to be five bits wide, -use a maxval of 31, not 32. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5), ppmquant(1), ppmdither(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmdepth.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:20 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmenlarge.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmenlarge.1 -% -\phead{pnmenlarge}{1}{26 February 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmenlarge -\shead{NAME} -pnmenlarge - read a portable anymap and enlarge it N times -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmenlarge} -{\it N} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Replicates its pixels -{\it N} -times, and produces a portable anymap as output. -%.IX enlarging -\par -{\it pnmenlarge} -can only enlarge by integer factors. -The slower but more general -{\it pnmscale} -%.IX pnmscale -can enlarge or reduce by arbitrary -factors, and -{\it pbmreduce} -%.IX pbmreduce -can reduce by integer factors, but only for bitmaps. -\par -If you enlarge by a factor of 3 or more, you should probably add a -{\it pnmsmooth} -%.IX pnmsmooth -step; otherwise, you can see the original pixels in the resulting image. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmreduce(1), pnmscale(1), pnmsmooth(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmenlarge.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:21 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmfile.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmfile.1 -% -\phead{pnmfile}{1}{9 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmfile -\shead{NAME} -pnmfile - describe a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmfile} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -{\rm ...} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads one or more portable anymaps as input. -Writes out short descriptions of the image type, size, etc. -This is mostly for use in shell scripts, so the format is not -particularly pretty. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5), file(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmfile.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:21 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmflip.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmflip.1 -% -\phead{pnmflip}{1}{25 July 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmflip -\shead{NAME} -pnmflip - perform one or more flip operations on a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmflip} -{\rm [}{\bf -leftright}{\rm $|$}{\bf -lr}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -topbottom}{\rm $|$}{\bf -tb}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -transpose}{\rm $|$}{\bf -xy}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rotate90}{\rm $|$}{\bf -r90}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ccw} -{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rotate270}{\rm $|$}{\bf -r270}{\rm $|$}{\bf -cw} -{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rotate180}{\rm $|$}{\bf -r180}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Performs one or more flip operations, in the order specified, and -writes out a portable anymap. -%.IX rotation -%.IX reflection -%.IX transposition -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The flip operations available are: left for right -{\rm (}{\bf -leftright} -or -{\bf -lr}{\rm );} -top for bottom -{\rm (}{\bf -topbottom} -or -{\bf -tb}{\rm );} -and transposition -{\rm (}{\bf -transpose} -or -{\bf -xy}{\rm ).} -In addition, some canned concatenations are available: -{\bf -rotate90} -or -{\bf -ccw} -is equivalent to -{\bf -transpose} -{\bf -topbottom}{\rm ;} -{\bf -rotate270} -or -{\bf -cw} -is equivalent to -{\bf -transpose} -{\bf -leftright}{\rm ;} -and -{\bf -rotate180} -is equivalent to -{\bf -leftright} -{\bf -topbottom}{\rm .} -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmrotate(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmflip.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:29 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmgamma.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmgamma.1 -% -\phead{pnmgamma}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmgamma -\shead{NAME} -pnmgamma - perform gamma correction on a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmgamma} -{\it value} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pnmgamma} -{\it redvalue greenvalue bluevalue} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Performs gamma correction, -and produces a portable anymap as output. -%.IX "gamma correction" -\par -The arguments specify what gamma value(s) to use. -A value of 1.0 leaves the image alone, less than one darkens it, -and greater than one lightens it. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Bill Davidson and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmgamma.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:22 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnminvert.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnminvert.1 -% -\phead{pnminvert}{1}{08 August 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnminvert -\shead{NAME} -pnminvert - invert a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnminvert} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Inverts it black for white and produces a portable anymap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnminvert.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:32 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmnlfilt.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmnlfilt.1 -% -\phead{pnmnlfilt}{1}{5 February 1993}{}{} - -%.IX pnmnlfilt -\shead{NAME} -pnmnlfilt - non-linear filters: smooth, alpha trim mean, optimal -estimation smoothing, edge enhancement. -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmnlfilt} -{\rm alpha} -{\rm radius} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -%.IX smoothing -%.IX dithering -%.IX alpha trim -%.IX mean filter -%.IX median filter -%.IX optimal estimation -This is something of a swiss army knife filter. It has 3 distinct operating -modes. In all of the modes each pixel in the image is examined and processed -according to it and its surrounding pixels values. Rather than using the -9 pixels in a 3x3 block, 7 hexagonal area samples are taken, the size of -the hexagons being controlled by the radius parameter. A radius value of -0.3333 means that the 7 hexagons exactly fit into the center pixel ({\it i.e.}, -there will be no filtering effect). A radius value of 1.0 means that -the 7 hexagons exactly fit a 3x3 pixel array. -\shead{Alpha trimmed mean filter. (0.0 $<$= alpha $<$= 0.5)} -\par -The value of the center pixel will be -replaced by the mean of the 7 hexagon values, but the 7 values are -sorted by size and the top and bottom alpha portion of the 7 are -excluded from the mean. This implies that an alpha value of 0.0 gives -the same sort of output as a normal convolution ({\it i.e.}, averaging or -smoothing filter), where radius will determine the ``strength'' of the -filter. A good value to start from for subtle filtering is alpha = 0.0, radius = 0.55 -For a more blatant effect, try alpha 0.0 and radius 1.0 -\par -An alpha value of 0.5 will cause the median value of the -7 hexagons to be used to replace the center pixel value. This sort -of filter is good for eliminating ``pop'' or single pixel noise from -an image without spreading the noise out or smudging features on -the image. Judicious use of the radius parameter will fine tune the -filtering. Intermediate values of alpha give effects somewhere -between smoothing and ``pop'' noise reduction. For subtle filtering -try starting with values of alpha = 0.4, radius = 0.6 For a more blatant -effect try alpha = 0.5, radius = 1.0 -\shead{Optimal estimation smoothing. (1.0 $<$= alpha $<$= 2.0)} -\par -This type of filter applies a smoothing filter adaptively over the image. -For each pixel the variance of the surrounding hexagon values is calculated, -and the amount of smoothing is made inversely proportional to it. The idea -is that if the variance is small then it is due to noise in the image, while -if the variance is large, it is because of ``wanted'' image features. As usual -the radius parameter controls the effective radius, but it probably advisable to -leave the radius between 0.8 and 1.0 for the variance calculation to be meaningful. -The alpha parameter sets the noise threshold, over which less smoothing will be done. -This means that small values of alpha will give the most subtle filtering effect, -while large values will tend to smooth all parts of the image. You could start -with values like alpha = 1.2, radius = 1.0 and try increasing or decreasing the -alpha parameter to get the desired effect. This type of filter is best for -filtering out dithering noise in both bitmap and color images. -\shead{Edge enhancement. (-0.1 $>$= alpha $>$= -0.9)} -\par -This is the opposite type of filter to the smoothing filter. It enhances -edges. The alpha parameter controls the amount of edge enhancement, from -subtle (-0.1) to blatant (-0.9). The radius parameter controls the effective -radius as usual, but useful values are between 0.5 and 0.9. Try starting -with values of alpha = 0.3, radius = 0.8 -\shead{Combination use.} -\par -The various modes of -{\bf pnmnlfilt} -can be used one after the other to get the desired result. For instance to -turn a monochrome dithered image into a grayscale image you could try -one or two passes of the smoothing filter, followed by a pass of the optimal estimation -filter, then some subtle edge enhancement. Note that using edge enhancement is -only likely to be useful after one of the non-linear filters (alpha trimmed mean -or optimal estimation filter), as edge enhancement is the direct opposite of -smoothing. -\par -For reducing color quantization noise in images ({\it i.e.}, turning .gif files back into -24 bit files) you could try a pass of the optimal estimation filter -(alpha 1.2, radius 1.0), a pass of the median filter (alpha 0.5, radius 0.55), -and possibly a pass of the edge enhancement filter. -Several passes of the optimal estimation filter with declining alpha -values are more effective than a single pass with a large alpha value. -As usual, there is a tradeoff between filtering effectiveness and loosing -detail. Experimentation is encouraged. -\shead{References:} -\par -The alpha-trimmed mean filter is -based on the description in IEEE CG\&A May 1990 -Page 23 by Mark E. Lee and Richard A. Redner, -and has been enhanced to allow continuous alpha adjustment. -\par -The optimal estimation filter is taken from an article ``Converting Dithered -Images Back to Gray Scale'' by Allen Stenger, Dr Dobb's Journal, November -1992, and this article references ``Digital Image Enhancement and Noise Filtering by -Use of Local Statistics'', Jong-Sen Lee, IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and -Machine Intelligence, March 1980. -\par -The edge enhancement details are from pgmenhance(1), -which is taken from Philip R. Thompson's ``xim'' -program, which in turn took it from section 6 of ``Digital Halftones by -Dot Diffusion'', D. E. Knuth, ACM Transaction on Graphics Vol. 6, No. 4, -October 1987, which in turn got it from two 1976 papers by J. F. Jarvis -{\it et. al.} -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmenhance(1), pnmconvol(1), pnm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -Integers and tables may overflow if PPM\_MAXMAXVAL is greater than 255. -\shead{AUTHOR} -Graeme W. Gill graeme@labtam.oz.au -% -% end of input file: pnmnlfilt.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:23 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmnoraw.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmnoraw.1 -% -\phead{pnmnoraw}{1}{8 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmnoraw -\shead{NAME} -pnmnoraw - force a portable anymap into plain format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmnoraw} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Writes it out in plain (non-raw) format. -This is fairly useless if you haven't defined the PBMPLUS\_RAWBITS -compile-time option. -%.IX RAWBITS -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmnoraw.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:33 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmpad.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmpad.1 -% -\phead{pnmpad}{12 Dec 1990}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pnmpad - add borders to portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -pnmpad [-white$|$-black] [-l\#] [-r\#] [-t\#] [-b\#] [pnmfile] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. Outputs a portable anymap with extra -borders of the sizes specified. The colour of the borders can be set to -black or white (default black). - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmmake(1), pnmpaste(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Angus Duggan. -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmpad.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:23 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmpaste.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmpaste.1 -% -\phead{pnmpaste}{1}{21 February 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmpaste -\shead{NAME} -pnmpaste - paste a rectangle into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmpaste} -{\rm [}{\bf -replace}{\rm $|$}{\bf -or}{\rm $|$}{\bf -and} -{\rm $|$}{\bf -xor}{\rm ]} -{\it frompnmfile x y} -{\rm [}{\it intopnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads two portable anymaps as input. -Inserts the first anymap into the second at the specified location, -and produces a portable anymap the same size as the second as output. -%.IX paste -If the second anymap is not specified, it is read from stdin. -The -{\it x} -and -{\it y} -can be negative, in which case they are interpreted -relative to the right and bottom of the anymap, respectively. -\par -This tool is most useful in combination with -{\it pnmcut}{\rm .} -%.IX pnmcut -For instance, if you want to edit a small segment of a large -image, and your image editor cannot edit the -large image, you can cut out the segment you are interested in, -edit it, and then paste it back in. -\par -Another useful companion tool is -{\it pbmmask}{\rm .} -%.IX pnmmask -%.OPTIONS -\par -The optional flag specifies the operation to use when doing the paste. -The default is -{\bf -replace}{\rm .} -The other, logical operations are only allowed if both input images -are bitmaps. -%.IX "logical operations" -These operations act as if white is TRUE and black is FALSE. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmcut(1), pnminvert(1), pnmarith(1), pnm(5), pbmmask(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmpaste.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:29 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmrotate.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmrotate.1 -% -\phead{pnmrotate}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmrotate -\shead{NAME} -pnmrotate - rotate a portable anymap by some angle -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmrotate} -{\rm [}{\bf -noantialias}{\rm ]} -{\it angle} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Rotates it by the specified angle -and produces a portable anymap as output. -%.IX rotation -If the input file is in color, the output will be too, -otherwise it will be grayscale. -The angle is in degrees (floating point), measured counter-clockwise. -It can be negative, but it should be between -90 and 90. -Also, for rotations greater than 45 degrees you may get better results -if you first use -{\it pnmflip} -%.IX pnmflip -to do a 90 degree rotation and then -{\it pnmrotate} -less than 45 degrees back the other direction -\par -The rotation algorithm is Alan Paeth's three-shear method. -Each shear is implemented by looping over the source pixels and distributing -fractions to each of the destination pixels. -This has an ``anti-aliasing'' effect - it avoids jagged edges and similar -artifacts. -%.IX anti-aliasing -However, it also means that the original colors or gray levels in the image -are modified. -If you need to keep precisely the same set of colors, you can use the -{\bf -noantialias} -flag. This does the shearing by moving pixels without changing their values. -If you want anti-aliasing and don't care about the precise colors, but -still need a limited *number* of colors, you can run the result through -{\it ppmquant}{\rm .} -%.IX ppmquant -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{REFERENCES} -``A Fast Algorithm for General Raster Rotation'' by Alan Paeth, -Graphics Interface '86, pp. 77-81. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmshear(1), pnmflip(1), pnm(5), ppmquant(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmrotate.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:24 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmscale.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmscale.1 -% -\phead{pnmscale}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmscale -\shead{NAME} -pnmscale - scale a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmscale} -{\it s} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pnmscale} -{\bf -xsize}{\rm $|$}{\bf -width}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ysize}{\rm $|$} -{\bf -height} -{\it s} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pnmscale} -{\bf -xscale}{\rm $|$}{\bf -yscale} -{\it s} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pnmscale} -{\bf -xscale}{\rm $|$}{\bf -xsize}{\rm $|$}{\bf -width} -{\it s} -{\bf -yscale}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ysize}{\rm $|$}{\bf -height} -{\it s} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf pnmscale -xysize} -{\it x y} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Scales it by the specified factor or factors and produces a portable -anymap as output. -%.IX shrinking -%.IX enlarging -If the input file is in color, the output will be too, -otherwise it will be grayscale. -You can both enlarge (scale factor $>$ 1) and reduce (scale factor $<$ 1). -\par -You can specify one dimension as a pixel size, and the other dimension -will be scaled correspondingly. -\par -You can specify one dimension as a scale, and the other dimension -will not be scaled. -\par -You can specify different sizes or scales for each axis. -\par -Or, you can use the special -{\bf -xysize} -flag, which fits the image into -the specified size without changing the aspect ratio. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\par -If you enlarge by a factor of 3 or more, you should probably add a -{\it pnmsmooth} -%.IX pnmsmooth -step; otherwise, you can see the original pixels in the resulting image. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmreduce(1), pnmenlarge(1), pnmsmooth(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmscale.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:30 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmshear.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmshear.1 -% -\phead{pnmshear}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmshear -\shead{NAME} -pnmshear - shear a portable anymap by some angle -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmshear} -{\rm [}{\bf -noantialias}{\rm ]} -{\it angle} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Shears it by the specified angle and produces a portable -anymap as output. -%.IX shearing -If the input file is in color, the output will be too, -otherwise it will be grayscale. -The angle is in degrees (floating point), and measures this: -\nofill - +-------+ +-------+ - $|$ $|$ $|$\bs \bs - $|$ OLD $|$ $|$ \bs NEW \bs - $|$ $|$ $|$an\bs \bs - +-------+ $|$gle+-------+ -\fill -If the angle is negative, it shears the other way: -\nofill - +-------+ $|$-an+-------+ - $|$ $|$ $|$gl/ / - $|$ OLD $|$ $|$e/ NEW / - $|$ $|$ $|$/ / - +-------+ +-------+ -\fill -The angle should not get too close to 90 or -90, or the resulting -anymap will be unreasonably wide. -\par -The shearing is implemented by looping over the source pixels and distributing -fractions to each of the destination pixels. -This has an ``anti-aliasing'' effect - it avoids jagged edges and similar -artifacts. -%.IX anti-aliasing -However, it also means that the original colors or gray levels in the image -are modified. -If you need to keep precisely the same set of colors, you can use -the -{\bf -noantialias} -flag. This does the shearing by moving pixels without changing their values. -If you want anti-aliasing and don't care about the precise colors, but -still need a limited *number* of colors, you can run the result through -{\it ppmquant}{\rm .} -%.IX ppmquant -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmrotate(1), pnmflip(1), pnm(5), ppmquant(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmshear.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:24 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtile.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtile.1 -% -\phead{pnmtile}{1}{13 May 1989}{}{} - -%.IX pnmtile -\shead{NAME} -pnmtile - replicate a portable anymap into a specified size -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtile} -{\it width height} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Replicates it until it is the specified size, -and produces a portable anymap as output. -%.IX tiling -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmtile.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Feb 7 08:49:06 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtofits.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtofits.1 -% -\phead{pnmtofits}{1}{5 Dec 1992}{}{} -\shead{NAME} -pnmtofits - convert a portable anymap into FITS format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtofits} -{\rm [}{\bf --max} -{\it f}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf --min} -{\it f}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Produces a FITS (Flexible Image Transport System) file as output. -The resolution of the output file is either 8 bits/pixel, -or 16 bits/pixel, depending on the value of maxval in the input file. -If the input file is a portable bitmap or a portable graymap, the output file -consists of a single plane image (NAXIS = 2). If instead the input file is -a portable pixmap, the output file will consist of a three-plane image -(NAXIS = 3, NAXIS3 = 3). -A full description of the FITS format -can be found in Astronomy \& Astrophysics Supplement Series 44 (1981), page 363. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -Flags -{\bf --min} -and -{\bf --max} -can be used to set DATAMAX, DATAMIN, BSCALE and BZERO in the FITS -header, but do not cause the data to be rescaled. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -fitstopnm(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1989 by Wilson H. Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com), with -modifications -by Alberto Accomazzi (alberto@cfa.harvard.edu). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmtofits.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:25 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtops.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtops.1 -% -\phead{pnmtops}{1}{26 October 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmtops -\shead{NAME} -pnmtops - convert portable anymap to PostScript -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtops} -{\rm [}{\bf -scale} -{\it s}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -turn}{\rm $|$}{\bf -noturn}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rle}{\rm $|$}{\bf -runlength}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -dpi} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -width} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -height} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Produces Encapsulated PostScript as output. -%.IX PostScript -\par -If the input file is in color (PPM), a color PostScript file gets -written. -Some PostScript interpreters can't handle color PostScript. -If you have one of these you will need to run your image through -{\it ppmtopgm} -first. -\par -Note that there is no pstopnm -tool - this transformation is one-way, because a pstopnm tool would -be a full-fledged PostScript interpreter, which is beyond the scope -of this package. -However, see the -{\it psidtopgm} -tool, which can read grayscale non-runlength PostScript image data. -Also, if you're willing to install the fairly large GhostScript package, -it comes with a pstoppm script. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The -{\bf -scale} -flag controls the scale of the result. The default scale is 1, -which on a 300 dpi printer such as the Apple LaserWriter makes -the output look about the same size as the input would if it was displayed -on a typical 72 dpi screen. -To get one PNM pixel per 300 dpi printer pixel, use ``-scale 0.25''. -\par -The -{\bf -turn} -and -{\bf -noturn} -flags control whether the image gets turned 90 degrees. -Normally, if an image is wider than it is tall, it gets turned -automatically to better fit the page. -If the -{\bf -turn} -flag is specified, it will be turned no matter what its shape; and if the -{\bf -noturn} -flag is specified, it will -{\it not} -be turned no matter what its shape. -\par -The -{\bf -rle} -or -{\bf -runlength} -flag specifies run-length compression. This may save -time if the host-to-printer link is slow; but normally the printer's processing -time dominates, so -{\bf -rle} -makes things slower. -\par -The -{\bf -dpi} -flag lets you specify the dots per inch of your output device. -The default is 300 dpi. -In theory PostScript is device-independent and you don't have to -worry about this, but in practice its raster rendering can have -unsightly bands if the device pixels and the image pixels aren't -in sync. -\par -The -{\bf -width} -and -{\bf -height} -flags let you specify the size of the page. -The default is 8.5 inches by 11 inches. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5), psidtopgm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmtops.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:26 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtorast.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtorast.1 -% -\phead{pnmtorast}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmtorast -\shead{NAME} -pnmtorast - convert a portable pixmap into a Sun rasterfile -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtorast} -{\rm [}{\bf -standard}{\rm $|$}{\bf -rle}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a Sun rasterfile as output. -%.IX Sun -%.IX rasterfile -\par -Color values in Sun rasterfiles are eight bits wide, so -{\it pnmtorast} -will automatically scale colors to have a maxval of 255. -An extra -{\it pnmdepth} -step is not necessary. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The -{\bf -standard} -flag forces the result to be in RT\_STANDARD form; the -{\bf -rle} -flag, RT\_BYTE\_ENCODED, which is smaller but, well, less standard. -The default is -{\bf -rle}{\rm .} -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -rasttopnm(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmtorast.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:31 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtosir.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtosir.1 -% -\phead{pnmtosir}{1}{20 March 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -pnmtosir - convert a portable anymap into a Solitaire format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtosir} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Produces a Solitaire Image Recorder format. -\par -pnmtosir produces an MGI TYPE 17 file for -{\it pbm} -and -{\it pgm} -files. -For -{\it ppm}{\rm ,} -it writes a MGI TYPE 11 file. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -sirtopnm(1), pnm(5) -\shead{BUGS} - -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Marvin Landis. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. - -% -% end of input file: pnmtosir.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:36 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtotiff.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtotiff.1 -% -\phead{pnmtotiff}{1}{13 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmtotiff -\shead{NAME} -pnmtotiff - convert a a portable anymap into a TIFF file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtotiff} -{\rm [}{\bf -none}{\rm $|$}{\bf -packbits}{\rm $|$} -{\bf -lzw}{\rm $|$}{\bf -g3}{\rm $|$}{\bf -g4}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -2d}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -fill}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -predictor} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -msb2lsb}{\rm $|$}{\bf -lsb2msb}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rowsperstrip} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Produces a TIFF file as output. -%.IX TIFF -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -By default, -{\it pnmtotiff} -creates a TIFF file with LZW compression. -This is your best bet most of the time. -However, some TIFF readers can't deal with it. -If you want to try another compression scheme or tweak some of the -other even more obscure output options, there are a number of -flags to play with. -\par -The -{\bf -none}{\rm ,} -{\bf -packbits}{\rm ,} -{\bf -lzw}{\rm ,} -{\bf -g3}{\rm ,} -and -{\bf -g4} -options are used to override the default and set the compression -scheme used in creating the output file. The CCITT Group 3 and Group -4 compression algorithms can only be used with bilevel data. The -{\bf -2d} -and -{\bf -fill} -options are meaningful only with Group 3 compression: -{\bf -2d} -requests 2-dimensional encoding, while -{\bf -fill} -requests that each encoded scanline be zero-filled to a byte boundry. -The -{\bf -predictor} -option is only meaningful with LZW compression: a predictor value of 2 -causes each scanline of the output image to undergo horizontal -differencing before it is encoded; a value of 1 forces each scanline -to be encoded without differencing. -\rm -By default, -{\it pnmtotiff} -creates a TIFF file with msb-to-lsb fill order. -The -{\bf -msb2lsb} -and -{\bf -lsb2msb} -options are used to override the default and set the fill order used -in creating the file. -\rm -The -{\bf -rowsperstrip} -option can be used to set the number of rows (scanlines) in each -strip of data in the output file. By default, the output file has -the number of rows per strip set to a value that will ensure each -strip is no more than 8 kilobytes long. -\shead{BUGS} -This program is not self-contained. To use it you must fetch the -TIFF Software package listed in the OTHER.SYSTEMS file and configure -PBMPLUS to use libtiff. See PBMPLUS's Makefile for details on this -configuration. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -tifftopnm(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Derived by Jef Poskanzer from ras2tiff.c, which is -\copyright 1990 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.\hfil\break -Author: Patrick J. Naughton (naughton@wind.sun.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% This file is provided AS IS with no warranties of any kind. The author -% shall have no liability with respect to the infringement of copyrights, -% trade secrets or any patents by this file or any part thereof. In no -% event will the author be liable for any lost revenue or profits or -% other special, indirect and consequential damages. -% -% end of input file: pnmtotiff.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:26 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: pnmtoxwd.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: pnmtoxwd.1 -% -\phead{pnmtoxwd}{1}{24 September 1991}{}{} - -%.IX pnmtoxwd -\shead{NAME} -pnmtoxwd - convert a portable anymap into an X11 window dump -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf pnmtoxwd} -{\rm [}{\bf -pseudodepth} -{\it n}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -directcolor}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it pnmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable anymap as input. -Produces an X11 window dump as output. -%.IX XWD -%.IX "X window system" -This window dump can be displayed using the xwud tool. -\par -Normally, pnmtoxwd produces a StaticGray dump file for -{\it pbm} -and -{\it pgm} -files. -For -{\it ppm}{\rm ,} -it writes a PseudoColor dump file if there are up -to 256 colors in the input, and a DirectColor dump file otherwise. -The -{\bf -directcolor} -flag can be used to force a DirectColor dump. -And the -{\bf -pseudodepth} -flag can be used to change the depth of PseudoColor dumps from the default -of 8 bits / 256 colors. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -xwdtopnm(1), pnm(5), xwud(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: pnmtoxwd.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:13 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppm.5 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppm.5 -% -\phead{ppm}{5}{27 September 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -ppm - portable pixmap file format -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -The portable pixmap format is a lowest common denominator color image -file format. -%.IX "PPM file format" -The definition is as follows: -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-}} -A ``magic number'' for identifying the file type. -A ppm file's magic number is the two characters ``P3''. -%.IX "magic numbers" -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace (blanks, TABs, CRs, LFs). -\IPitem{{-}} -A width, formatted as ASCII characters in decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -A height, again in ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -The maximum color-component value, again in ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace. -\IPitem{{-}} -Width * height pixels, each three ASCII decimal values between 0 and the -specified maximum value, starting at the top-left -corner of the pixmap, proceeding in normal English reading order. -The three values for each pixel represent red, green, and blue, respectively; -a value of 0 means that color is off, and the maximum value means that color -is maxxed out. -\IPitem{{-}} -Characters from a ``\#'' to the next end-of-line are ignored (comments). -\IPitem{{-}} -No line should be longer than 70 characters. -\end{IPlist} - -\par -Here is an example of a small pixmap in this format: -\nofill -P3 -\# feep.ppm -4 4 -15 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 15 - 0 0 0 0 15 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 7 0 0 0 -15 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -\fill -\par -Programs that read this format should be as lenient as possible, -accepting anything that looks remotely like a pixmap. -\par -There is also a variant on the format, available -by setting the RAWBITS option at compile time. This variant is -different in the following ways: -%.IX RAWBITS -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{-}} -The ``magic number'' is ``P6'' instead of ``P3''. -\IPitem{{-}} -The pixel values are stored as plain bytes, instead of ASCII decimal. -\IPitem{{-}} -Whitespace is not allowed in the pixels area, and only a single character -of whitespace (typically a newline) is allowed after the maxval. -\IPitem{{-}} -The files are smaller and many times faster to read and write. -\end{IPlist} - -\par -Note that this raw format can only be used for maxvals less than -or equal to 255. -If you use the -{\it ppm} -library and try to write a file with a larger maxval, -it will automatically fall back on the slower but more general plain -format. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -giftoppm(1), gouldtoppm(1), ilbmtoppm(1), imgtoppm(1), mtvtoppm(1), -pcxtoppm(1), pgmtoppm(1), pi1toppm(1), picttoppm(1), pjtoppm(1), qrttoppm(1), -rawtoppm(1), rgb3toppm(1), sldtoppm(1), spctoppm(1), sputoppm(1), tgatoppm(1), -ximtoppm(1), xpmtoppm(1), yuvtoppm(1), -ppmtoacad(1), ppmtogif(1), ppmtoicr(1), ppmtoilbm(1), ppmtopcx(1), ppmtopgm(1), -ppmtopi1(1), ppmtopict(1), ppmtopj(1), ppmtopuzz(1), ppmtorgb3(1), -ppmtosixel(1), ppmtotga(1), ppmtouil(1), ppmtoxpm(1), ppmtoyuv(1), -ppmdither(1), ppmforge(1), ppmhist(1), ppmmake(1), ppmpat(1), ppmquant(1), -ppmquantall(1), ppmrelief(1), -pnm(5), pgm(5), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppm.5 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:08 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmbrighten.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmbrighten.1 -% -\phead{ppmbrighten}{1}{20 Nov 1990}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -ppmbrighten - change an images Saturation and Value from an HSV map -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmbrighten [-n] [-s $<$+- saturation$>$] [-v $<$+- value$>$] $<$ppmfile$>$ -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Converts the image from RGB space to HSV space and changes -the Value by $<$+- value$>$ as a percentage. -Likewise with the Saturation. -Doubling the Value would involve -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip} -ppmbrighten -v 100 -\par\vspace{1.0\baselineskip} -to add 100 percent to the Value. -\par -The 'n' option normalizes the Value to exist between 0 and 1 -(normalized). -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmnorm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Brian Moffet. -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -implied warranty. -\shead{NOTES} -This program does not change the number of colors. -% -% end of input file: ppmbrighten.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Feb 7 08:50:59 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmchange.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmchange.1 -% -\phead{ppmchange}{1}{3 December 1993}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -ppmchange - change all pixels of one color to another in a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmchange} -{\it oldcolor newcolor [...]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Changes all pixels of -{\it oldcolor} -to -{\it newcolor}{\rm ,} -leaving all others unchanged. -Up to 256 colors may be replaced by specifying couples of colors on -the command line. -\par -The colors can be specified in five ways: -\begin{TPlist}{o} -\item[{o}] -A name, assuming -that a pointer to an X11-style color names file was compiled in. -\item[{o}] -An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r g and b are -each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. -\item[{o}] -An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -\item[{o}] -For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style hexadecimal -number: \#rgb, \#rrggbb, \#rrrgggbbb, or \#rrrrggggbbbb. -\item[{o}] -For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers -separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -(This style was added before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) -\end{TPlist} -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmtoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Wilson H. Bent. Jr. (whb@usc.edu) -with modifications by Alberto Accomazzi (alberto@cfa.harvard.edu) -% -% end of input file: ppmchange.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:33:23 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmdim.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmdim.1 -% -\phead{ppmdim}{1}{16 November 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmdim -\shead{NAME} -ppmdim - dim a portable pixmap down to total blackness -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmdim -{\it dimfactor} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. Diminishes its brightness by -the specified dimfactor down to total blackness. -The dimfactor may be in the range from 0.0 (total blackness, -deep night, nada, null, nothing) to 1.0 (original picture's -brightness). -\par -As -{\it pnmgamma} -does not do the brightness correction in the way I -wanted it, this small program was written. -\par -ppmdim is similar to -{\it ppmbrighten} -, but not exactly the same. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), ppmflash(1), pnmgamma(1), ppmbrighten(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1993 by Frank Neumann -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmdim.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:08 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmdist.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmdist.1 -% -\phead{ppmdist}{1}{22 July 1992}{}{} - -%.IX ppmdist -\shead{NAME} -ppmdist - simplistic grayscale assignment for machine generated, color images -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmdist} -{\rm [}{\bf -intensity}{\rm $|$}{\bf -frequency}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input, performs a simplistic grayscale -assignment intended for use with grayscale or bitmap printers. - -Often conversion from ppm to pgm will yield an image with contrast too -low for good printer output. The program maximizes contrast between -the gray levels output. - -A ppm input of n colors is read, and a pgm of n gray levels is written. -The gray levels take on the values 0..n-1, while maxval takes on n-1. - -The mapping from color to stepped grayscale can be performed in order -of input pixel intensity, or input pixel frequency (number of repetitions). -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{} -\item[{}] -{\bf -frequency} -Sort input colors by the number of times a color appears in the input, -before mapping to evenly distributed graylevels of output. -{\bf -intensity} -Sort input colors by their grayscale intensity, before mapping to evenly -distributed graylevels of output. This is the default. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -Helpful only for images with a very small number of colors. -Perhaps should have been an option to ppmtopgm(1). -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtopgm(1), ppmhist(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Dan Stromberg. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmdist.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:45 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmdither.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmdither.1 -% -\phead{ppmdither}{1}{14 July 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmdither -\shead{NAME} -ppmdither - ordered dither for color images -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmdither} -{\rm [}{\bf -dim} -{\it dimension}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -red} -{\it shades}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -green} -{\it shades}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -blue} -{\it shades}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input, and applies dithering to it to reduce -the number of colors used down to the specified number of shades for -each primary. -The default number of shades is red=5, green=9, blue=5, for -a total of 225 colors. -To convert the image to a binary rgb format -suitable for color printers, use -red 2 -green 2 -blue 2. -The maximum -number of colors that can be used is 256 and can be computed as the -product of the number of red, green and blue shades. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -dim}{\it \ dimension} -} -\item[{{\bf -dim}{\it \ dimension} -}] -The size of the dithering matrix. -Must be a power of 2. -\item[{{\bf -red}{\it \ shades} -}] -The number of red shades to be used; minimum of 2. -\item[{{\bf -green}{\it \ shades} -}] -The number of green shades to be used; minimum of 2. -\item[{{\bf -blue}{\it \ shades} -}] -The number of blue shades to be used; minimum of 2. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmdepth(1), ppmquant(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Christos Zoulas. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmdither.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:33:29 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmflash.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmflash.1 -% -\phead{ppmflash}{1}{16 November 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmflash -\shead{NAME} -ppmflash - brighten a picture up to complete white-out -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmflash -{\it flashfactor} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. Increases its brightness by -the specified flashfactor up to a total white-out image. -The flashfactor may be in the range from 0.0 (original picture's -brightness) to 1.0 (full white-out, The Second After). -\par -As -{\it pnmgamma} -does not do the brightness correction in the way I -wanted it, this small program was written. -\par -This program is similar to -{\it ppmbrighten} -, but not exactly the same. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), ppmdim(1), pnmgamma(1), ppmbrighten(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1993 by Frank Neumann -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmflash.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:46 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmforge.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmforge.1 -% -\phead{ppmforge}{1}{25 October 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmforge -%.IX fractals -%.IX clouds -%.IX planets -%.IX stars -\shead{NAME} -ppmforge - fractal forgeries of clouds, planets, and starry skies -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\raggedright -%.nh -{\bf ppmforge} -{\rm [}{\bf -clouds}{\rm ]} -'in +9n -{\rm [}{\bf -night}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -dimension} -{\it dimen}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -hour} -{\it hour}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -inclination$|$-tilt} -{\it angle}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -mesh} -{\it size}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -power} -{\it factor}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -glaciers} -{\it level}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -ice} -{\it level}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -saturation} -{\it sat}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -seed} -{\it seed}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -stars} -{\it fraction}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -xsize$|$-width} -{\it width}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -ysize$|$-height} -{\it height}{\rm ]} -\ind{-4.5em} -%.ad -%.hy -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -{\bf ppmforge} -generates three kinds of ``random fractal forgeries,'' the term coined -by Richard F. Voss of the IBM Thomas J. Watson Research Center for -seemingly realistic pictures of natural objects generated by simple -algorithms embodying randomness and fractal self-similarity. The -techniques used by -{\bf ppmforge} -are essentially those -given by Voss[1], particularly the technique of spectral synthesis -explained in more detail by Dietmar Saupe[2]. -\par -The program generates two varieties of pictures: planets and clouds, -which are just different renderings of data generated in an identical -manner, illustrating the unity of the fractal structure of these very -different objects. A third type of picture, a starry sky, is -synthesised directly from pseudorandom numbers. -\par -The generation of planets or clouds begins with the preparation of an -array of random data in the frequency domain. The size of this -array, the ``mesh size,'' can be set with the -{\bf -mesh} -option; the larger the mesh the more realistic the pictures but the -calculation time and memory requirement increases as the square of the -mesh size. The fractal dimension, which you can specify with the -{\bf -dimension} -option, determines the roughness of the terrain on the planet or the -scale of detail in the clouds. As the fractal dimension is increased, -more high frequency components are added into the random mesh. -\par -Once the mesh is generated, an inverse two dimensional Fourier -transform is performed upon it. This converts the original random -frequency domain data into spatial amplitudes. We scale the real -components that result from the Fourier transform into numbers from 0 -to 1 associated with each point on the mesh. You can further -modify this number by applying a ``power law scale'' to it with the -{\bf -power} -option. Unity scale -leaves the numbers unmodified; a power scale of 0.5 takes the square -root of the numbers in the mesh, while a power scale of 3 replaces the -numbers in the mesh with their cubes. Power law scaling is best -envisioned by thinking of the data as representing the elevation of -terrain; powers less than 1 yield landscapes with vertical scarps that -look like glacially-carved valleys; powers greater than one make -fairy-castle spires (which require large mesh sizes and high -resolution for best results). -\par -After these calculations, we have a array of the specified size -containing numbers that range from 0 to 1. The pixmaps are generated as -follows: -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf Clouds}} -\item[{{\bf Clouds}}] -A colour map is created that ranges from pure blue to white by -increasing admixture (desaturation) of blue with white. Numbers less -than 0.5 are coloured blue, numbers between 0.5 and 1.0 are coloured -with corresponding levels of white, with 1.0 being pure white. -\item[{{\bf Planet}}] -The mesh is projected onto a sphere. Values less than 0.5 are treated -as water and values between 0.5 and 1.0 as land. The water areas are -coloured based upon the water depth, and land based on its elevation. -The random depth data are used to create clouds over the oceans. An -atmosphere approximately like the Earth's is simulated; its light -absorption is calculated to create a blue cast around the limb of the -planet. A function that rises from 0 to 1 based on latitude is -modulated by the local elevation to generate polar ice caps--high -altitude terrain carries glaciers farther from the pole. Based on the -position of the star with respect to the observer, the apparent colour -of each pixel of the planet is calculated by ray-tracing from the star -to the planet to the observer and applying a lighting model that sums -ambient light and diffuse reflection (for most planets ambient light -is zero, as their primary star is the only source of illumination). -Additional random data are used to generate stars around the planet. -\item[{{\bf Night}}] -A sequence of pseudorandom numbers is used to generate stars with a -user specified density. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -Cloud pictures always contain 256 or fewer colours and may be -displayed on most colour mapped devices without further processing. -Planet pictures often contain tens of thousands of colours which -must be compressed with -{\bf ppmquant} -or -{\bf ppmdither} -before encoding in a colour mapped format. If the display resolution is -high enough, -{\bf ppmdither} -generally produces better looking planets. -{\bf ppmquant} -tends to create discrete colour bands, particularly in the oceans, -which are unrealistic and distracting. The number of colours in starry -sky pictures generated with the -{\bf -night} -option depends on the value specified for -{\bf -saturation}{\rm .} -Small values limit the colour temperature distribution of the stars -and reduce the number of colours in the image. -If the -{\bf -saturation} -is set to 0, none of the stars will be coloured and the resulting -image will never contain more than 256 colours. -Night sky pictures with many different star colours often look -best when colour compressed by -{\bf pnmdepth} -rather than -{\bf ppmquant} -or -{\bf ppmdither}{\rm .} -Try -{\it newmaxval} -settings of 63, 31, or 15 with -{\bf pnmdepth} -to reduce the number of colours in the picture to 256 or fewer. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -clouds}} -\item[{{\bf -clouds}}] -Generate clouds. A pixmap of fractal clouds is generated. Selecting clouds -sets the default for fractal dimension to 2.15 and power scale factor -to 0.75. -\item[{{\bf -dimension}{\it \ dimen} -}] -Sets the fractal dimension to the specified -{\it dimen}{\rm ,} -which may be any floating point value between 0 and 3. Higher fractal -dimensions create more ``chaotic'' images, which require higher -resolution output and a larger FFT mesh size to look good. If no -dimension is specified, 2.4 is used when generating planets and 2.15 -for clouds. -\item[{{\bf -glaciers}{\it \ level} -}] -The floating point -{\it level} -setting controls the extent to which terrain elevation causes ice to -appear at lower latitudes. The default value of 0.75 makes the polar -caps extend toward the equator across high terrain and forms glaciers -in the highest mountains, as on Earth. Higher values make ice sheets -that cover more and more of the land surface, simulating planets in the -midst of an ice age. Lower values tend to be boring, resulting in -unrealistic geometrically-precise ice cap boundaries. -\item[{{\bf -hour}{\it \ hour} -}] -When generating a planet, -{\it hour} -is used as the ``hour angle at the central meridian.'' If you specify -{\bf -hour\ 12}{\rm ,} -for example, the planet will be fully illuminated, corresponding to -high noon at the longitude at the centre of the screen. You can -specify any floating point value between 0 and 24 for -{\it hour}{\rm ,} -but values which place most of the planet in darkness (0 to 4 and 20 -to 24) result in crescents which, while pretty, don't give you many -illuminated pixels for the amount of computing that's required. If no -{\bf -hour} -option is specified, a random hour angle is chosen, biased so that -only 25\% of the images generated will be crescents. -\item[{{\bf -ice}{\it \ level} -}] -Sets the extent of the polar ice caps to the given floating point -{\it level}{\rm .} -The default level of 0.4 produces ice caps similar to those of the Earth. -Smaller values reduce the amount of ice, while larger -{\bf -ice} -settings create more prominent ice caps. Sufficiently large values, -such as 100 or more, in conjunction with small settings for -{\bf -glaciers} -(try 0.1) create ``ice balls'' like Europa. -\item[{{\bf -inclination$|$-tilt}{\it \ angle} -}] -The inclination angle of the planet with regard to its primary star is -set to -{\it angle}{\rm ,} -which can be any floating point value from -90 to 90. The inclination -angle can be thought of as specifying, in degrees, the ``season'' the -planet is presently experiencing or, more precisely, the latitude at -which the star transits the zenith at local noon. If 0, the planet -is at equinox; the star is directly overhead at the equator. -Positive values represent summer in the northern hemisphere, negative -values summer in the southern hemisphere. The Earth's inclination -angle, for example, is about 23.5 at the June solstice, 0 at the -equinoxes in March and September, and -23.5 at the December solstice. -If no inclination angle is specified, a random value between -21.6 and -21.6 degrees is chosen. -\item[{{\bf -mesh}{\it \ size} -}] -A mesh of -{\it size}{\rm \ by\ }{\it size} -will be used for the fast Fourier transform (FFT). Note that memory -requirements and computation speed increase as the square of -{\it size}{\rm ;} -if you double the mesh size, the program will use four times the -memory and run four times as long. The default mesh is 256x256, which -produces reasonably good looking pictures while using half a megabyte -for the 256x256 array of single precision complex numbers -required by the FFT. On machines with limited memory capacity, you -may have to reduce the mesh size to avoid running out of RAM. -Increasing the mesh size produces better looking pictures; the -difference becomes particularly noticeable when generating high -resolution images with relatively high fractal dimensions (between 2.2 -and 3). -\item[{{\bf -night}}] -A starry sky is generated. The stars are created by the same algorithm -used for the stars that surround planet pictures, but the output -consists exclusively of stars. -\item[{{\bf -power}{\it \ factor} -}] -Sets the ``power factor'' used to scale elevations synthesised from -the FFT to -{\it factor}{\rm ,} -which can be any floating point number greater than zero. If no -factor is specified a default of 1.2 is used if a planet is being -generated, or 0.75 if clouds are selected by the -{\bf -clouds} -option. The result of the FFT image synthesis is an array of elevation -values between 0 and 1. A non-unity power factor exponentiates each -of these elevations to the specified power. For example, a power -factor of 2 squares each value, while a power factor of 0.5 replaces -each with its square root. (Note that exponentiating values between 0 -and 1 yields values that remain within that range.) Power factors -less than 1 emphasise large-scale elevation changes at the expense of -small variations. Power factors greater than 1 increase the roughness -of the terrain and, like high fractal dimensions, may require a larger -FFT mesh size and/or higher screen resolution to look good. -\item[{{\bf -saturation}{\it \ sat} -}] -Controls the degree of colour saturation of the stars that surround planet -pictures and fill starry skies created with the -{\bf -night} -option. The default value of 125 creates stars which resemble the sky -as seen by the human eye from Earth's surface. Stars are dim; only -the brightest activate the cones in the human retina, causing colour -to be perceived. Higher values of -{\it sat} -approximate the appearance of stars from Earth orbit, where better -dark adaptation, absence of skyglow, and the concentration of light -from a given star onto a smaller area of the retina thanks to the lack -of atmospheric turbulence enhances the perception of colour. Values -greater than 250 create ``science fiction'' skies that, while pretty, -don't occur in this universe. -\item[{\ }] -Thanks to the inverse square law combined with Nature's love of -mediocrity, there are many, many dim stars for every bright one. -This population relationship is accurately reflected in the skies -created by -{\bf ppmforge}{\rm .} -Dim, low mass stars live much longer than bright massive stars, -consequently there are many reddish stars for every blue giant. This -relationship is preserved by -{\bf ppmforge}{\rm .} -You can reverse the proportion, simulating the sky as seen in a starburst -galaxy, by specifying a negative -{\it sat} -value. -\item[{{\bf -seed}{\it \ num} -}] -Sets the seed for the random number generator to the integer -{\it num}{\rm .} -The seed used to create each picture is displayed on standard output (unless -suppressed with the -{\bf -quiet} -option). Pictures generated with the same seed will be identical. If no -{\bf -seed} -is specified, a random seed derived from the date and time will be -chosen. Specifying an explicit seed allows you to re-render a picture -you particularly like at a higher resolution or with different viewing -parameters. -\item[{{\bf -stars}{\it \ fraction} -}] -Specifies the percentage of pixels, in tenths of a percent, which will -appear as stars, either surrounding a planet or filling the entire -frame if -{\bf -night} -is specified. The default -{\it fraction} -is 100. -\item[{{\bf -xsize$|$-width}{\it \ width} -}] -Sets the width of the generated image to -{\it width} -pixels. The default width is 256 pixels. Images must be at least as -wide as they are high; if a width less than the height is specified, -it will be increased to equal the height. If you must have a long -skinny pixmap, make a square one with -{\bf ppmforge}{\rm ,} -then use -{\bf pnmcut} -to extract a portion of the shape and size you require. -\item[{{\bf -ysize$|$-height}{\it \ height} -}] -Sets the height of the generated image to -{\it height} -pixels. The default height is 256 pixels. If the height specified -exceeds the width, the width will be increased to equal the height. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{BUGS} -\par -The algorithms require the output pixmap to be at least as wide as it -is high, and the width to be an even number of pixels. These -constraints are enforced by increasing the size of the requested -pixmap if necessary. -\par -You may have to reduce the FFT mesh size on machines with 16 bit -integers and segmented pointer architectures. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -{\bf pnmcut}{\rm (1),} -{\bf pnmdepth}{\rm (1),} -{\bf ppmdither}{\rm (1),} -{\bf ppmquant}{\rm (1),} -{\bf ppm}{\rm (5)} -\begin{TPlist}{[1] } -\item[{[1] }] -Voss, Richard F., ``Random Fractal Forgeries,'' in Earnshaw -{\it et. al.}, Fundamental Algorithms for Computer Graphics, Berlin: -Springer-Verlag, 1985. -\item[{[2]}] -Peitgen, H.-O., and Saupe, D. eds., The Science Of Fractal Images, -New York: Springer Verlag, 1988. -%.ne 10 -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{AUTHOR} -\ind{1\parindent}{\nofill - John Walker - Autodesk SA - Avenue des Champs-Montants 14b - CH-2074 MARIN - Suisse/Schweiz/Svizzera/Svizra/Switzerland -\fill} -\begin{TPlist}{Usenet:} -\item[{Usenet:}] -kelvin@Autodesk.com -\item[{Fax:}] -038/33 88 15 -\item[{Voice:}] -038/33 76 33 -\end{TPlist} - -\par -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -without any conditions or restrictions. This software is provided ``as -is'' without express or implied warranty. -\par -{\bf PLUGWARE!} -If you like this kind of stuff, you may also enjoy ``James Gleick's -Chaos--The Software'' for MS-DOS, available for \$59.95 from your -local software store or directly from Autodesk, Inc., Attn: Science -Series, 2320 Marinship Way, Sausalito, CA 94965, USA. Telephone: -(800) 688-2344 toll-free or, outside the U.S. (415) 332-2344 Ext -4886. Fax: (415) 289-4718. ``Chaos--The Software'' includes a more -comprehensive fractal forgery generator which creates -three-dimensional landscapes as well as clouds and planets, plus five -more modules which explore other aspects of Chaos. The user guide of -more than 200 pages includes an introduction by James Gleick and -detailed explanations by Rudy Rucker of the mathematics and algorithms -used by each program. -% -% end of input file: ppmforge.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:47 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmhist.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmhist.1 -% -\phead{ppmhist}{1}{03 April 1989}{}{} - -%.IX ppmhist -\shead{NAME} -ppmhist - print a histogram of a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmhist} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Generates a histogram of the colors in the pixmap. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), pgmhist(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmhist.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:48 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmmake.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmmake.1 -% -\phead{ppmmake}{1}{24 September 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmmake -\shead{NAME} -ppmmake - create a pixmap of a specified size and color -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmmake} -{\it color width height} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Produces a portable pixmap of the specified color, width, and height. -%.IX "generating pixmaps" -\par -The color can be specified in five ways: -%.IX "specifying colors" -\begin{TPlist}{o} -\item[{o}] -A name, assuming -that a pointer to an X11-style color names file was compiled in. -\item[{o}] -An X11-style hexadecimal specifier: rgb:r/g/b, where r g and b are -each 1- to 4-digit hexadecimal numbers. -\item[{o}] -An X11-style decimal specifier: rgbi:r/g/b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -\item[{o}] -For backwards compatibility, an old-X11-style hexadecimal -number: \#rgb, \#rrggbb, \#rrrgggbbb, or \#rrrrggggbbbb. -\item[{o}] -For backwards compatibility, a triplet of numbers -separated by commas: r,g,b, where r g and b are -floating point numbers between 0 and 1. -(This style was added before MIT came up with the similar rgbi style.) -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), pbmmake(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmmake.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:23:43 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmmix.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmmix.1 -% -\phead{ppmmix}{1}{16 November 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmmix -\shead{NAME} -ppmmix - blend together two portable pixmaps -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmmix -{\it fadefactor} -{\it ppmfile1 ppmfile2} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads two portable pixmaps as input. Mixes them together using the -specified fade factor. The fade factor may be in the range from 0.0 -(only ppmfile1's image data) to 1.0 (only ppmfile2's image data). -Anything in between gains a smooth blend between the two images. -\par -The two pixmaps must have the same size. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Frank Neumann. -% Permission to use, , modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmmix.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:06 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmpat.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmpat.1 -% -\phead{ppmpat}{1}{04 September 1989}{}{} - -%.IX ppmpat -\shead{NAME} -ppmpat - make a pretty pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmpat} -{\bf -gingham2}{\rm $|$}{\bf -g2}{\rm $|$}{\bf -gingham3}{\rm $|$} -{\bf -g3}{\rm $|$}{\bf -madras}{\rm $|$}{\bf -tartan}{\rm $|$} -{\bf -poles}{\rm $|$}{\bf -squig}{\rm $|$}{\bf -camo}{\rm $|$} -{\bf -anticamo} -{\it width height} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Produces a portable pixmap of the specified width and height, -with a pattern in it. -%.IX "generating pixmaps" -\par -This program is mainly to demonstrate use of the ppmdraw routines, a -simple but powerful drawing library. -See the ppmdraw.h include file for more info on using these routines. -Still, some of the patterns can be rather pretty. -If you have a color workstation, something like -{\bf ppmpat\ -squig\ 300\ 300 $|$ ppmquant\ 128} -should generate a nice background. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\par -The different flags specify various different pattern types: -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -gingham2}} -\item[{{\bf -gingham2}}] -A gingham check pattern. Can be tiled. -\item[{{\bf -gingham3}}] -A slightly more complicated gingham. Can be tiled. -\item[{{\bf -madras}}] -A madras plaid. Can be tiled. -\item[{{\bf -tartan}}] -A tartan plaid. Can be tiled. -\item[{{\bf -poles}}] -Color gradients centered on randomly-placed poles. -May need to be run through -{\it ppmquant}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -squig}}] -Squiggley tubular pattern. Can be tiled. -May need to be run through -{\it ppmquant}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -camo}}] -Camouflage pattern. -May need to be run through -{\it ppmquant}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -anticamo}}] -Anti-camouflage pattern - like -camo, but ultra-bright colors. -May need to be run through -{\it ppmquant}{\rm .} -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{REFERENCES} -Some of the patterns are from ``Designer's Guide to Color 3'' by Jeanne Allen. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtile(1), ppmquant(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmpat.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:48 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmquant.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmquant.1 -% -\phead{ppmquant}{1}{12 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmquant -\shead{NAME} -ppmquant - quantize the colors in a portable pixmap down to a specified number - -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmquant} -{\rm [}{\bf -floyd}{\rm $|$}{\bf -fs}{\rm ]} -{\it ncolors} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\nwl -{\bf ppmquant} -{\rm [}{\bf -floyd}{\rm $|$}{\bf -fs}{\rm ]} -{\bf -map} -{\it mapfile} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} - -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Chooses -{\it ncolors} -colors to best represent the image, maps the existing colors -to the new ones, and writes a portable pixmap as output. -%.IX "colormap reduction" -\par -The quantization method is Heckbert's ``median cut''. -%.IX "median cut" -\par -Alternately, you can skip the color-choosing step by -specifying your own set of colors with the -{\bf -map} -flag. The -{\it mapfile} -is just a -{\it ppm} -file; it can be any shape, all that matters is the colors in it. -For instance, to quantize down to the 8-color IBM TTL color set, you -might use: -{\tt\nofill - P3 - 8 1 - 255 - 0 0 0 - 255 0 0 - 0 255 0 - 0 0 255 - 255 255 0 - 255 0 255 - 0 255 255 - 255 255 255 -\fill} - -If you want to quantize one pixmap to use the colors in another one, -just use the second one as the mapfile. -You don't have to reduce it down to only one pixel of each color, -just use it as is. -\par -The -{\bf -floyd}{\rm /}{\bf -fs} -flag enables a Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion step. -%.IX Floyd-Steinberg -%.IX "error diffusion" -Floyd-Steinberg gives vastly better results on images where the unmodified -quantization has banding or other artifacts, especially when going to a -small number of colors such as the above IBM set. -However, it does take substantially more CPU time, so the default is off. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{REFERENCES} -``Color Image Quantization for Frame Buffer Display'' by Paul Heckbert, -SIGGRAPH '82 Proceedings, page 297. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmquantall(1), pnmdepth(1), ppmdither(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmquant.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:33:41 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmquantall.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmquantall.1 -% -\phead{ppmquantall}{1}{27 July 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmquantall -\shead{NAME} -ppmquantall - run ppmquant on a bunch of files all at once, so they share a common colormap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmquantall} -{\it ncolors ppmfile} -{\rm ...} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Takes a bunch of portable pixmap as input. -Chooses -{\it ncolors} -colors to best represent all of the images, maps the -existing colors to the new ones, and -{\bf overwrites the input files} -with the new quantized versions. -%.IX "colormap reduction" -\par -Verbose explanation: Let's say you've got a dozen pixmaps that you want -to display on the screen all at the same time. Your screen can only -display 256 different colors, but the pixmaps have a total of a thousand -or so different colors. For a single pixmap you solve this problem with -{\it ppmquant}{\rm ;} -%.IX ppmquant -this script solves it for multiple pixmaps. All it does is -concatenate them together into one big pixmap, run -{\it ppmquant} -on that, and then split it up into little pixmaps again. -\par -(Note that another way to solve this problem is to pre-select a set of -colors and then use -{\it ppmquant}{\rm 's} -{\bf -map} -option to separately quantize each pixmap to that set.) -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmquant(1), ppm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -It's a csh script. -Csh scripts are not portable to System V. -Scripts in general are not portable to non-Unix environments. -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmquantall.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:09 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmqvga.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmqvga.1 -% -\phead{PPMQVGA}{1}{local}{}{} - -'% Heading: name(sect) center (paren) name(sect) -\shead{NAME} -ppmqvga - 8 plane quantization -'% name [, name] ... \- brief description on a single line of \s-1INPUT\s+1 -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmqvga [ options ] [ input file ] -'% foo [ options ] files1 [ file2 [ ... ] ] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -{\bf ppmqvga} -quantizes PPM files to 8 planes, with optional Floyd-Steinberg dithering. -Input is a PPM file from the file named, or standard input of no file is -provided. -%.SS Options -{\bf -d} -dither. Apply Floyd-Steinberg dithering to the data - -{\bf -q} -quiet. Produces no progress reporting, and no terminal output unless -and error occurs. - -{\bf -v} -verbose. Produces additional output describing the number of colors found, -and some information on the resulting mapping. May be repeated to generate -loads of internal table output, but generally only useful once. -\shead{EXAMPLES} -ppmqvga -d my\_image.ppm $|$ ppmtogif $>$my\_image.gif - -tgatoppm zombie.tga $|$ ppmqvga $|$ ppmtotif $>$ zombie.tif -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmquant -\shead{DIAGNOSTICS} -Error messages if problems, various levels of optional progress reporting. -\shead{LIMITATIONS} -none known. -\shead{AUTHOR} -Original by Lyle Rains (lrains@netcom.com) as ppmq256 and ppmq256fs -combined, documented, and enhanced by Bill Davidsen (davidsen@crd.ge.com) -\shead{Copyright} -Copyright 1991,1992 by Bill Davidsen, all rights reserved. -The program and documentation may be freely distributed by anyone in source -or binary format. Please clearly note any changes. -% -% end of input file: ppmqvga.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:49 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmrelief.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmrelief.1 -% -\phead{ppmrelief}{1}{11 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmrelief -\shead{NAME} -ppmrelief - run a Laplacian relief filter on a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmrelief} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Does a Laplacian relief filter, and writes a portable pixmap as output. -%.IX "Laplacian relief" -\par -The Laplacian relief filter is described in ``Beyond Photography'' by Holzmann, -equation 3.19. -It's a sort of edge-detection. -%.IX "edge detection" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmbentley(1), pgmoil(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Wilson Bent (whb@hoh-2.att.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmrelief.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:24:20 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmshift.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmshift.1 -% -\phead{ppmshift}{1}{16 November 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmshift -\shead{NAME} -ppmshift - shift lines of a portable pixmap left or right by a random amount -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmshift -{\it shift} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. Shifts every row of image data to the -left or right by a certain amount. The 'shift' parameter determines by how -many pixels a row is to be shifted at most. -\par -Another one of those effects I intended to use for MPEG tests. -Unfortunately, this program will not help me here - it creates too random -patterns to be used for animations. Still, it might give interesting -results on still images. -\shead{EXAMPLE} -Check this out: Save your favourite model's picture from something like -alt.binaries.pictures.supermodels (ok, or from any other picture source), -convert it to ppm, and process it e.g. like this, assuming the picture is -800x600 pixels: -\nofill\ind{1\parindent}\tt{} \# take the upper half, and leave it like it is - pnmcut 0 0 800 300 cs.ppm $>$upper.ppm - - \# take the lower half, flip it upside down, dim it and distort it a little - pnmcut 0 300 800 300 cs.ppm $|$ pnmflip -tb $|$ ppmdim 0.7 $|$ - ppmshift 10 $>$lower.ppm - - \# and concatenate the two pieces - pnmcat -tb upper.ppm lower.ppm $>$newpic.ppm -\fill -The resulting picture looks like the image being reflected on a water -surface with slight ripples. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), pnmcut(1), pnmflip(1), ppmdim(1), pnmcat(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Frank Neumann -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmshift.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Nov 29 13:24:10 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmspread.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmspread.1 -% -\phead{ppmspread}{1}{16 November 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmspread -\shead{NAME} -ppmspread - displace a portable pixmap's pixels by a random amount -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmspread -{\it amount} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. Moves every pixel around a bit -relative to its original position. amount determines by how many -pixels a pixel is to be moved around at most. -\par -Pictures processed with this filter will seem to be somewhat -dissolved or unfocussed (although they appear more coarse than -images processed by something like -{\it pnmconvol} -). -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), pnmconvol(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Frank Neumann -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty -% -% end of input file: ppmspread.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:50 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtoacad.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtoacad.1 -% -\phead{ppmtoacad}{1}{10 October 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtoacad -%.IX AutoCAD -\shead{NAME} -ppmtoacad - convert portable pixmap to AutoCAD database or slide -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\raggedright -{\bf ppmtoacad} -'in 15n -{\rm [}{\bf -dxb}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -poly}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -background} -{\it colour}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -white}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -aspect} -{\it ratio}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -8}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\ind{-7.5em} -%.ad -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. Produces an AutoCAD{l}ide file or -binary database import (.dxb) file as output. -If no -{\it ppmfile} -is specified, input is read from standard input. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -dxb}} -\item[{{\bf -dxb}}] -An AutoCAD binary database import (.dxb) file is written. This file -is read with the DXBIN command and, once loaded, becomes part of -the AutoCAD geometrical database and can be viewed and edited like -any other object. Each sequence of identical pixels becomes a -separate object in the database; this can result in very large AutoCAD -drawing files. However, if you want to trace over a bitmap, it lets -you zoom and pan around the bitmap as you wish. -\item[{{\bf -poly}}] -If the -{\bf -dxb} -option is not specified, the output of -{\bf ppmtoacad} -is an AutoCAD slide file. Normally each row of pixels is -represented by an AutoCAD line entity. If -{\bf -poly} -is selected, the pixels are rendered as filled polygons. If the -slide is viewed on a display with higher resolution than the source -pixmap, this will cause the pixels to expand instead of appearing as -discrete lines against the screen background colour. Regrettably, -this representation yields slide files which occupy more disc space -and take longer to display. -\item[{{\bf -background}{\it \ colour} -}] -Most AutoCAD display drivers can be configured to use any available -colour as the screen background. Some users perfer a black screen -background, others white, while splinter groups advocate burnt ocher, -tawny puce, and shocking grey. Discarding pixels whose closest -AutoCAD colour representation is equal to the background colour can -substantially reduce the size of the AutoCAD database or slide file -needed to represent a bitmap. If no -{\bf -background} -colour is specified, the screen background colour is assumed to be -black. Any AutoCAD colour number may be specified as the screen -background; colour numbers are assumed to specify the hues defined -in the standard AutoCAD 256 colour palette. -\item[{{\bf -white}}] -Since many AutoCAD users choose a white screen background, this option -is provided as a short-cut. Specifying -{\bf -white} -is identical in effect to -{\bf -background\ 7}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -aspect}{\it \ ratio} -}] -If the source pixmap had non-square pixels, the ratio of the pixel -width to pixel height should be specified as -{\it ratio}{\rm .} -The resulting slide or .dxb file will be corrected so that pixels on -the AutoCAD screen will be square. For example, to correct an image made -for a 320x200 VGA/MCGA screen, specify -{\bf -aspect\ 0.8333}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -8}}] -Restricts the colours in the output file to the 8 RGB shades. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{BUGS} -AutoCAD has a fixed palette of 256 colours, distributed along the hue, -lightness, and saturation axes. Pixmaps which contain many -nearly-identical colours, or colours not closely approximated by -AutoCAD's palette, may be poorly rendered. -\par -{\bf ppmtoacad} -works best if the system displaying its output supports the full 256 -colour AutoCAD palette. Monochrome, 8 colour, and 16 colour -configurations will produce less than optimal results. -\par -When creating a .dxb file or a slide file with the -{\bf -poly} -option, -{\bf ppmtoacad} -finds both vertical and horizontal runs of identical pixels and -consolidates them into rectangular regions to reduce the size of the -output file. This is effective for images with large areas of -constant colour but it's no substitute for true raster to vector -conversion. In particular, thin diagonal lines are not optimised at -all by this process. -\par -Output files can be huge. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -AutoCAD Reference Manual: -{\it Slide File Format} -and -{\it Binary\ Drawing\ Interchange\ (DXB)\ Files}{\rm ,} -{\bf ppm}{\rm (5)} -\shead{AUTHOR} -\ind{1\parindent}{\nofill - John Walker - Autodesk SA - Avenue des Champs-Montants 14b - CH-2074 MARIN - Suisse/Schweiz/Svizzera/Svizra/Switzerland -\fill} -\begin{TPlist}{Usenet:} -\item[{Usenet:}] -kelvin@Autodesk.com -\item[{Fax:}] -038/33 88 15 -\item[{Voice:}] -038/33 76 33 -\end{TPlist} - -\par -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -without any conditions or restrictions. This software is provided ``as -is'' without express or implied warranty. -\par -AutoCAD and Autodesk are registered trademarks of Autodesk, Inc. -% -% end of input file: ppmtoacad.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:09 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtobmp.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtobmp.1 -% -\phead{ppmtobmp}{1}{26 Oct 1992}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtobmp -\shead{NAME} -ppmtobmp -- convert a portable pixmap into a BMP file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtobmp} -{\rm [}{\it --windows}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it --os2}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a Microsoft Windows or OS/2 BMP file as output. -%.IX BMP -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf --windows}} -\item[{{\bf --windows}}] -Tells the program to produce a Microsoft Windows BMP file. -\item[{{\bf --os2}}] -Tells the program to produce an OS/2 BMP file. -(This is the default.) -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -bmptoppm(1), -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1992 by David W. Sanderson. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and -% its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and -% that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. This software is provided "as is" without -% express or implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtobmp.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:50 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtogif.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtogif.1 -% -\phead{ppmtogif}{1}{30 June 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtogif -\shead{NAME} -ppmtogif - convert a portable pixmap into a GIF file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtogif} -{\rm [}{\bf -interlace}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -sort}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -map} -{\it mapfile ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a GIF file as output. -%.IX GIF -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -interlace}} -\item[{{\bf -interlace}}] -Tells the program to produce an interlaced GIF file. -\item[{{\bf -sort}}] -Produces a GIF file with a sorted color map. -\item[{{\bf -map}}] -{\it mapfile} - -Uses the colors found in the -{\it mapfile} -to create the colormap in the GIF file, instead of the colors from -{\it ppmfile.} -The -{\it mapfile} -can be any -{\it ppm} -file; all that matters is the colors in it. If the colors in -{\it ppmfile} -do not match those in -{\it mapfile} -, they are matched to a ``best match''. A (much) better result can be obtained by -using the following filter in advance: - -{\it ppmquant} --floyd -map -{\it mapfile} -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -giftoppm(1), ppmquant(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Based on GIFENCOD by David Rowley (mgardi@watdcsu.waterloo.edu). -Lempel-Ziv compression based on ``compress''. - -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright property of -% CompuServe Incorporated. GIF(sm) is a Service Mark property of -% CompuServe Incorporated. -% -% end of input file: ppmtogif.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:51 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtoicr.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtoicr.1 -% -\phead{ppmtoicr}{1}{30 July 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtoicr -\shead{NAME} -ppmtoicr - convert a portable pixmap into NCSA ICR format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtoicr} -{\rm [}{\bf -windowname} -{\it name}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -expand} -{\it expand}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -display} -{\it display}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rle}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap file as input. -Produces an NCSA Telnet Interactive Color Raster graphic file as output. -%.IX "NCSA ICR" -If -{\it ppmfile} -is not supplied, -{\it ppmtoicr} -will read from standard input. -\par -Interactive Color Raster (ICR) is a protocol for displaying raster -graphics on workstation screens. The protocol is implemented in NCSA -Telnet for the Macintosh version 2.3. -%.IX Macintosh -The ICR protocol shares -characteristics of the Tektronix graphics terminal emulation protocol. -%.IX Tektronix -For example, escape sequences are used to control the display. -\par -{\it ppmtoicr} -will output the appropriate sequences to create a window of the -dimensions of the input pixmap, -create a colormap of up to 256 -colors on the display, then load the picture data into the window. -\par -Note that there is no icrtoppm tool - this transformation is one way. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -windowname}{\it name} -} -\item[{{\bf -windowname}{\it name} -}] -Output will be displayed in -{\it name} -(Default is to use -{\it ppmfile} -or ``untitled'' if standard input is read.) -\item[{{\bf -expand}{\it expand} -}] -Output will be expanded on display by factor -{\it expand} -(For example, a value of 2 will cause four pixels to be displayed for -every input pixel.) -\item[{{\bf -display}{\it display} -}] -Output will be displayed on screen numbered -{\it display} -\item[{{\bf -rle}}] -Use run-length encoded format for display. (This will nearly always -result in a quicker display, but may skew the colormap.) -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{EXAMPLES} -To display a -{\it ppm} -file using the protocol: -\nofill - ppmtoicr ppmfile -\fill -This will create a window named -{\it ppmfile} -on the display with the correct dimensions for -{\it ppmfile,} -create and download a colormap of up -to 256 colors, and download the picture into the window. The same effect -may be achieved by the following sequence: -\nofill - ppmtoicr ppmfile $>$ filename - cat filename -\fill -To display a GIF -file using the protocol in a window titled after the input file, zoom -the displayed image by a factor of 2, and -run-length encode the data: -\nofill - giftoppm giffile $|$ ppmtoicr -w giffile -r -e 2 -\fill -\shead{BUGS} -\par -The protocol uses frequent -{\it fflush} -calls to speed up display. If the -output is saved to a file for later display via -{\it cat,} -drawing will be -much slower. In either case, increasing the Blocksize limit on the -display will speed up transmission substantially. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -{\bf ppm(5)} -\par\noindent -{\it NCSA\ Telnet\ for\ the\ Macintosh}{\rm ,} -University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign (1989) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Kanthan Pillay (svpillay@Princeton.EDU), -Princeton University Computing and Information Technology. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtoicr.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:52 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtoilbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtoilbm.1 -% -\phead{ppmtoilbm}{1}{29 August 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtoilbm -\shead{NAME} -ppmtoilbm - convert a portable pixmap into an ILBM file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtoilbm} -{\rm [}{\bf -maxplanes}{\rm $|$}{\bf -mp} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -fixplanes}{\rm $|$}{\bf -fp} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -ham6}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ham8}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -dcbits}{\rm $|$}{\bf -dcplanes}{\rm r}{\bf g}{\rm b}{\bf ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -normal}{\rm $|$}{\bf -hamif}{\rm $|$}{\bf -hamforce}{\rm $|$}{\bf -24if}{\rm $|$}{\bf -24force}{\rm $|$} -{\rm -dcif}{\bf $|$}{\rm -dcforce}{\bf $|$}{\rm -cmaponly}{\bf ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -ecs}{\rm $|$}{\bf -aga}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -map}{\rm ppmfile}{\bf ]} -{\rm [}{\bf ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -%.IX "ILBM" -Produces an ILBM file as output. -Supported ILBM types are: -\begin{TPlist}{Normal ILBMs with 1-16 planes.} -\item[{Normal ILBMs with 1-16 planes.}] -\item[{Amiga Hold-and-Modify (HAM) with 3-16 planes.}] -%.IX "Amiga" -%.IX "HAM" -\item[{24 bit.}] -\item[{Color map (BMHD + CMAP chunk only, nPlanes = 0).}] -\item[{Unofficial direct color.}] -1-16 planes for each color component. -\item[{Chunks written:}] -BMHD, CMAP, CAMG (only for HAM), BODY (not for colormap files) -unofficial DCOL chunk for direct color ILBM -\item[{Chunks ignored:}] -GRAB, DEST, SPRT, CRNG, CCRT, CLUT, DPPV, DRNG, EPSF -\item[{Other chunks (ignored but displayed in verbose mode):}] -NAME, AUTH, (c), ANNO, DPI -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{OPTIONS} -Options marked with (*) can be prefixed with a ``no'', -{\it e.g.}, ``-nohamif''. All options can be abbreviated to -their shortest unique prefix. -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -maxplanes $|$ -mp n}} -\item[{{\bf -maxplanes $|$ -mp n}}] -(default 5, minimum 1, maximum 16) -Maximum planes to write in a normal ILBM. If the pixmap -does not fit into $<$n$>$ planes, ppmtoilbm writes a HAM file -(if -hamif is used), a 24bit file (if -24if is used) or a -direct color file (if -dcif is used) or aborts with an error. -\item[{{\bf -fixplanes $|$ -fp n}}] -(min 1, max 16) -If a normal ILBM is written, it will have exactly $<$n$>$ planes. -\item[{{\bf -hambits $|$ -hamplanes n}}] -(default 6, min 3, max 16) -Select number of planes for HAM picture. The current Amiga -hardware supports 6 and 8 planes, so for now you should -only use this values. -\item[{{\bf -normal (default)}}] -Turns off -hamif/-24if/-dcif, -hamforce/-24force/-dcforce and --cmaponly. -\item[{{\bf -hamif (*)}}] -\item[{{\bf -24if (*)}}] -\item[{{\bf -dcif (*)}}] -Write a HAM/24bit/direct color file if the pixmap does not -fit into $<$maxplanes$>$ planes. -\item[{{\bf -hamforce (*)}}] -\item[{{\bf -24force (*)}}] -\item[{{\bf -dcforce (*)}}] -Write a HAM/24bit/direct color file. -\item[{{\bf -dcbits $|$ -dcplanes r g b}}] -(default 5, min 1, max 16). -Select number of bits for red, green \& blue in a direct -color ILBM. -\item[{{\bf -ecs (default)}}] -Shortcut for: -hamplanes 6 -maxplanes 5 -\item[{{\bf -aga}}] -\item[{{\bf Shortcut for: -hamplanes 8 -maxplanes 8}}] -\item[{{\bf -ham6}}] -\item[{{\bf Shortcut for: -hamplanes 6 -hamforce}}] -\item[{{\bf -ham8}}] -Shortcut for: -hamplanes 8 -hamforce -\item[{{\bf -map ppmfile}}] -Write a normal ILBM using the colors in $<$ppmfile$>$ as the -colormap. The colormap file also determines the number of -planes, a -maxplanes or -fixplanes option is ignored. -\item[{{\bf -cmaponly}}] -Write a colormap file: only BMHD and CMAP chunks, no BODY -chunk, nPlanes = 0. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -Needs a real colormap selection algorithm for HAM pictures, -instead of using a grayscale colormap. -\shead{REFERENCES} -Amiga ROM Kernel Reference Manual - Devices (3rd Ed.) -Addison Wesley, ISBN 0--201--56775--X -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), ilbmtoppm(1) -\shead{AUTHORS} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -\nwl -Modified August 1993 by Ingo Wilken -(Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtoilbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Tue Nov 30 08:30:37 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtomitsu.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtomitsu.1 -% -\phead{ppmtomitsu}{1}{29 Jan 1992}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtomitsu -\shead{NAME} -ppmtomitsu - convert a portable pixmap to a Mitsubishi S340-10 file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtomitsu} -{\rm [-sharpness} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -enlarge} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -media} -{\it string}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -copy} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -dpi300}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -tiny}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input and converts it into a format suitable -to be printed by a Mitsubishi S340-10 printer, or any other Mitsubishi -color sublimation printer. -\par -The Mitsubishi S340-10 Color Sublimation printer supports 24bit color. -Images of the available sizes take so long to transfer that there is a -fast method, employing a lookuptable, that ppmtomitsu will use if there -is a maximum of 256 colors in the pixmap. -ppmtomitsu will try to position your image to the center of the paper, -and will rotate your image for you if xsize is larger than ysize. -If your image is larger than the media allows, ppmtomitsu will quit -with an error message. (We decided that the media were too expensive -to have careless users produce misprints.) -Once data transmission has started, the job can't be stopped in a -sane way without resetting the printer. -The printer understands putting together images in the printers memory; -ppmtomitsu doesn't utilize this as pnmcat etc provide the same functionality -and let you view the result on-screen, too. -The S340-10 is the lowest common denominator printer; for higher -resolution printers there's the dpi300 option. The other printers also -support higher values for enlarge eg, but I don't think that's essential -enough to warrant a change in the program. -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -sharpness}{\it \ 1-4} -} -\item[{{\bf -sharpness}{\it \ 1-4} -}] - 'sharpness' designation. Default is to use the current sharpness. -\item[{{\bf -enlarge}{\it \ 1-3} -}] -Enlarge by a factor; Default is 1 (no enlarge) -\item[{{\bf -media}{\it \ A,\ A4,\ AS,\ A4S} -}] -Designate the media you're using. Default is 1184 x 1350, which will fit -on any media. A is 1216 x 1350, A4 is 1184 x 1452, AS is 1216 x 1650 and -A4S is 1184 x 1754. A warning: If you specify a different media than the -printer currently has, the printer will wait until you put in the correct -media or switch it off. -\item[{{\bf -copy}{\it \ 1-9} -}] -The number of copies to produce. Default is 1. -\item[{{\bf -dpi300} -}] -Double the number of allowed pixels for a S3600-30 Printer in S340-10 -compatibility mode. (The S3600-30 has 300 dpi). -\item[{{\bf -tiny} -}] -Memory-safing, but always slow. The printer will get the data line-by-line -in 24bit. It's probably a good idea to use this if your machine starts -paging a lot without this option. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{REFERENCES} -Mitsubishi Sublimation Full Color Printer S340-10 Specifications of -Parallel Interface LSP-F0232F -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmquant(1), pnmscale(1), ppm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -We didn't find any - yet. (Besides, they're called features anyway :-) -If you should find one, my email-adress is below. -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1992, 93 by S.Petra Zeidler, MPIfR Bonn, Germany. -(spz@specklec.mpifr-bonn.mpg.de) -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtomitsu.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:10 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtomap.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtomap.1 -% -\phead{ppmtomap}{1}{11 August 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtomap -\shead{NAME} -ppmtomap - extract all colors from a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtomap} -{\rm [}{\bf -sort}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -square}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a portable pixmap as output, representing a color map of the -input file. All N different colors found are put in an Nx1 portable -pixmap. -This color map file can be used as a mapfile for -{\it ppmquant} -or -{\it ppmtogif.} -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -sort}} -\item[{{\bf -sort}}] -Produces a portable pixmap with the colors in some sorted order. -\item[{{\bf -square}}] -Produces a (more or less) square output file, instead of putting all -colors on the top row. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{WARNING} -If you want to use the output file as a mapfile for -{\it ppmtogif,} -you first have to do a -{\it ppmquant 256,} -since -{\it ppmtomap} -is not limited to 256 colors (but to 65536). -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtogif(1), ppmquant(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Marcel Wijkstra (wijkstra@fwi.uva.nl). - -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright property of -% CompuServe Incorporated. GIF(sm) is a Service Mark property of -% CompuServe Incorporated. -% -% end of input file: ppmtomap.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:53 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopcx.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopcx.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopcx}{1}{09 April 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtopcx -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopcx - convert a portable pixmap into a PCX file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtopcx} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a PCX file as output. -%.IX PCX -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pcxtoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Michael Davidson. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtopcx.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:53 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopgm.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopgm}{1}{23 December 1988}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtopgm -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopgm - convert a portable pixmap into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtopgm} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a portable graymap as output. -The quantization formula used is .299 r + .587 g + .114 b. -\par -Note that although there is a -{\it pgmtoppm} -program, it is not necessary -for simple conversions from -{\it pgm} -to -{\it ppm}{\rm ,} -because any ppm program can -read -{\it pgm} -(and -{\it pbm} -) files automagically. -{\it pgmtoppm} -is for colorizing a -{\it pgm} -file. Also, see -{\it ppmtorgb3} -%.IX ppmtorgb3 -for a different way of converting color to gray. -\shead{QUOTE} -\nofill -Cold-hearted orb that rules the night -Removes the colors from our sight -Red is gray, and yellow white -But we decide which is right -And which is a quantization error. -\fill -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgmtoppm(1), ppmtorgb3(1), rgb3toppm(1), ppm(5), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:54 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopi1.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopi1.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopi1}{1}{19 July 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtopi1 -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopi1 - convert a portable pixmap into an Atari Degas .pi1 file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtopi1} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces an Atari Degas .pi1 file as output. -%.IX Atari -%.IX "Degas .pi1" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pi1toppm(1), ppm(5), pbmtopi3(1), pi3topbm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Steve Belczyk (seb3@gte.com) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtopi1.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:54 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopict.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopict.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopict}{1}{15 April 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtopict -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopict - convert a portable pixmap into a Macintosh PICT file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtopict} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a Macintosh PICT file as output. -%.IX PICT -%.IX Macintosh -\par -The generated file is only the data fork of a picture. -You will need a program such as -{\it mcvert} -to generate a Macbinary or a BinHex file that contains the necessary -information to identify the file as a PICT file to MacOS. -\par -Even though PICT supports 2 and 4 bits per pixel, -{\it ppmtopict} -always generates an 8 bits per pixel file. -\shead{BUGS} -The picture size field is only correct if the output is to a file -since writing into this field requires seeking backwards on a file. -However the PICT documentation seems to suggest that this field is -not critical anyway since it is only the lower 16 bits of the picture size. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -picttoppm(1), ppm(5), mcvert(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Ken Yap (ken@cs.rocester.edu). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtopict.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:55 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopj.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopj.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopj}{1}{13 July 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtopj -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopj - convert a portable pixmap to an HP PaintJet file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtopj} -{\rm [-gamma} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -xpos} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -ypos} -{\it val}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -back} -{\bf dark}{\rm $|$}{\bf lite}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rle}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -center}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -render} -{\bf none$|$snap$|$bw$|$dither$|$diffuse$|$monodither$|$monodiffuse$|$clusterdither$|$monoclusterdither}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input and converts it into a format suitable -to be printed by an HP PaintJet printer. -\par -For best results, the input file should be in 8-color RGB form; -{\it i.e.}, it should have only -the 8 binary combinations of full-on and full-off primaries. -You could get this by sending the input file through -{\it ppmquant -map} -with a map file such as: -\nofill - P3 - 8 1 - 255 - 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 255 - 255 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 255 255 255 255 -\fill -Or else you could use use -{\it ppmdither -red 2 -green 2 -blue 2.} -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -rle}} -\item[{{\bf -rle}}] -Run length encode the image. -(This can result in larger images) -\item[{{\bf -back}}] -Enhance the foreground by indicating if the background is light or -dark compated to the foreground. -\item[{{\bf -render}{\it \ alg} -}] -Use an internal rendering algorithm (default dither). -\item[{{\bf -gamma}{\it \ int} -}] -Gamma correct the image using the integet parameter as a gamma (default 0). -\item[{{\bf -center}}] -Center the image to an 8.5 by 11 page -\item[{{\bf -xpos}{\it \ pos} -}] -Move by pos pixels in the x direction. -\item[{{\bf -ypos}{\it \ pos} -}] -Move by pos pixels in the y direction. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{REFERENCES} -HP PaintJet XL Color Graphics Printer User's Guide -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmdepth(1), ppmquant(1), ppmdither(1), ppm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -Most of the options have not been tested because of the price of the paper. -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Christos Zoulas. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtopj.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:10 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopjxl.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopjxl.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopjxl}{1}{14 March 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopjxl - convert a portable pixmap into an HP PaintJet XL PCL file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmtopjxl [-nopack] [-gamma -{\it $<$n$>$} -] [-presentation] [-dark] [-diffuse] [-cluster] [-dither] [-xshift -{\it $<$s$>$} -] [-yshift -{\it $<$s$>$} -] [-xshift -{\it $<$s$>$} -] [-yshift -{\it $<$s$>$} -] [-xsize$|$-width$|$-xscale -{\it $<$s$>$} -] [-ysize$|$-height$|$-yscale -{\it $<$s$>$} -] [ppmfile] - -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a PCL file suitable for printing on an HP PaintJet XL printer as -output. -\par -The generated file is not suitable for printing on a normal PrintJet printer. -The -{\bf --nopack} -option generates a file which does not use the normal TIFF 4.0 compression -method. This file might be printable on a normal PaintJet printer (not an XL). -\par -The -{\bf --gamma} -option sets the gamma correction for the image. The useful range for the -PaintJet XL is approximately 0.6 to 1.5. -\par -The rendering algorithm used for images can be altered with the -{\bf -dither,} -{\bf -cluster,} -and -{\bf -diffuse} -options. These options select ordered dithering, clustered ordered dithering, -or error diffusion respectively. -The -{\bf --dark} -option can be used to enhance images with a dark background when they are -reduced in size. -The -{\bf --presentation} -option turns on presentation mode, in which two passes are made over the paper -to increase ink density. This should be used only for images where quality is -critical. - -\par -The image can be resized by setting the -{\bf --xsize} -and -{\bf --ysize} -options. The parameter to either of these options is interpreted as the -number of dots to set the width or height to, but an optional dimension of -`% -\bf pt% -\rm ' (points), `% -\bf dp% -\rm ' (decipoints), `% -\bf in% -\rm ' (inches), or -`% -\bf cm% -\rm ' (centimetres) may be appended. -If only one dimension is specified, the other will be scaled appropriately. - -The options -{\bf --width} -and -{\bf --height} -are synonyms of -{\bf --xsize} -and -{\bf --ysize.} - -The -{\bf --xscale} -and -{\bf --yscale} -options can alternatively be used to scale the image by a simple factor. - -\par -The image can be shifted on the page by using the -{\bf --xshift} -and -{\bf --yshift} -options. These move the image the specified dimensions right and down. - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Angus Duggan -% -% end of input file: ppmtopjxl.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:56 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtopuzz.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtopuzz.1 -% -\phead{ppmtopuzz}{1}{22 August 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtopuzz -\shead{NAME} -ppmtopuzz - convert a portable pixmap into an X11 ``puzzle'' file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtopuzz} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces an X11 ``puzzle'' file as output. -A ``puzzle'' file is for use with the -{\it puzzle} -%.IX puzzle -%.IX "X window system" -program included with the X11 distribution - -{\it puzzle}{\rm 's} -{\bf -picture} -flag lets you specify an image file. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), puzzle(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtopuzz.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:57 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtorgb3.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtorgb3.1 -% -\phead{ppmtorgb3}{1}{10 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtorgb3 -\shead{NAME} -ppmtorgb3 - separate a portable pixmap into three portable graymaps -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtorgb3} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Writes three portable graymaps as output, one each for red, green, and blue. -%.IX "color separation" -\par -The output filenames are constructed by taking the input filename, -stripping off any extension, and appending ``.red'', ``.grn'', and -``.blu''. -For example, separating lenna.ppm would result in lenna.red, lenna.grn, -and lenna.blu. -If the input comes from stdin, the names are noname.red, noname.grn, -and noname.blu. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -rgb3toppm(1), ppmtopgm(1), pgmtoppm(1), ppm(5), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtorgb3.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:57 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtosixel.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtosixel.1 -% -\phead{ppmtosixel}{1}{26 April 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtosixel -\shead{NAME} -ppmtosixel - convert a portable pixmap into DEC sixel format -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtosixel} -{\rm [}{\bf -raw}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -margin}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces sixel commands (SIX) as output. -The output is formatted for color printing, {\it e.g.}, for a DEC LJ250 color -inkjet printer. -\par -If RGB values from the PPM file do not have maxval=100, -the RGB values are rescaled. -A printer control header and a color assignment table begin the SIX file. -Image data is written in a compressed format by default. -A printer control footer ends the image file. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -raw}} -\item[{{\bf -raw}}] -If specified, each pixel will be explicitly described in the image file. -If -{\bf -raw} -is not specified, output will default to compressed format in which -identical adjacent pixels are replaced by ``repeat pixel'' commands. -A raw file is often an order of magnitude larger than a compressed -file and prints much slower. -\item[{{\bf -margin}}] -If -{\bf -margin} -is not specified, the image will be start at the left margin -(of the window, paper, or whatever). -If -{\bf -margin} -is specified, a 1.5 inch left margin will offset the image. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{PRINTING} -Generally, sixel files must reach the printer unfiltered. -Use the lpr -x option or cat filename $>$ /dev/tty0?. -\shead{BUGS} -Upon rescaling, truncation of the least significant bits of RGB values -may result in poor color conversion. -If the original PPM maxval was greater than 100, rescaling also -reduces the image depth. -While the actual RGB values from the ppm file are more or less -retained, the color palette of the LJ250 may not match the colors -on your screen. -This seems to be a printer limitation. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Rick Vinci. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtosixel.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:58 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtotga.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtotga.1 -% -\phead{ppmtotga}{1}{28 October 1991}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtotga -\shead{NAME} -ppmtotga - convert portable pixmap into a TrueVision Targa file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtotga} -{\rm [}{\bf -mono$|$-cmap$|$-rgb}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -norle}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a TrueVision Targa file as output. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -mono}} -\item[{{\bf -mono}}] -Forces Targa file to be of type 8 bit monochrome. Input must be a portable -bitmap or a portable graymap. -\item[{{\bf -cmap}}] -Forces Targa file to be of type 24 bit colormapped. Input must be a portable -bitmap, a portable graymap or a portable pixmap containing no more than -256 distinct colors. -\item[{{\bf -rgb}}] -Forces Targa file to be of type 24 bit unmapped color. -\item[{{\bf -norle}}] -Disables run-length encoding, in case you have a Targa reader which -can't read run-length encoded files. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. If no -file type is specified the most highly constained compatible type is -used, where monochrome is more constained than colormapped which is in -turn more constained than unmapped. -\shead{BUGS} -Does not support all possible Targa file types. -Should really be in PNM, not PPM. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -tgatoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Mark Shand and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtotga.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:59 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtouil.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtouil.1 -% -\phead{ppmtouil}{1}{31 August 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtouil -\shead{NAME} -ppmtouil - convert a portable pixmap into a Motif UIL icon file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtouil} -{\rm [}{\bf -name} -{\it uilname}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces a Motif UIL icon file as output. -%.IX Motif -%.IX UIL -%.IX "X window system" -\par -If the program was compiled with an rgb database specified, and -a RGB value from the ppm input matches a RGB value from the database, -then the corresponding color name mnemonic is printed in the UIL's colormap. -If no rgb database was compiled in, or if the RGB values don't match, -then the color -will be printed with the \#RGB, \#RRGGBB, \#RRRGGGBBB, or \#RRRRGGGGBBBB -hexadecimal format. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -name}} -\item[{{\bf -name}}] -Allows you to specify the prefix string which is printed -in the resulting UIL output. If not specified, will default to the -filename (without extension) of the ppmfile argument. -If -{\bf -name} -is not specified and no ppmfile -is specified ({\it i.e.}, piped input), the prefix string will default to -the string ``noname''. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Converted by Jef Poskanzer from ppmtoxpm.c, which is -\copyright 1990 by Mark W. Snitily. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtouil.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:59 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtoxpm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtoxpm.1 -% -\phead{ppmtoxpm}{1}{Tue Apr 9 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -ppmtoxpm - convert a portable pixmap into an X11 pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -ppmtoxpm [-name $<$xpmname$>$] [-rgb $<$rgb-textfile$>$] [$<$ppmfile$>$] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces X11 pixmap (version 3) as output which -can be loaded directly by the XPM library. -\par -The {\bf -nameoption} allows one to specify the prefix string which is printed -in the resulting XPM output. If not specified, will default to the -filename (without extension) of the $<$ppmfile$>$ argument. -If {\bf -nameis} not specified and $<$ppmfile$>$ -is not specified ({\it i.e.}, piped input), the prefix string will default to -the string ``noname''. -\par -The {\bf -rgboption} allows one to specify an X11 rgb text file for the -lookup of color name mnemonics. This rgb text file is typically the -/usr/lib/X11/rgb.txt of the MIT X11 distribution, but any file using the -same format may be used. When specified and -a RGB value from the ppm input matches a RGB value from the $<$rgb-textfile$>$, -then the corresponding color name mnemonic is printed in the XPM's colormap. -If {\bf -rgbis} not specified, or if the RGB values don't match, then the color -will be printed with the \#RGB, \#RRGGBB, \#RRRGGGBBB, or \#RRRRGGGGBBBB -hexadecimal format. -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\par -For example, to convert the file ``dot'' (found in /usr/include/X11/bitmaps), -from xbm to xpm one could specify -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{}} -xbmtopbm dot $|$ ppmtoxpm -name dot -\end{IPlist} - -\par -or, with a rgb text file (in the local directory) -\begin{IPlist} -\IPitem{{}} -xbmtopbm dot $|$ ppmtoxpm -name dot -rgb rgb.txt -\end{IPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -An option to match the closest (rather than exact) color name mnemonic -from the rgb text would be a desirable enhancement. -\par -Truncation of the least significant bits of a RGB value may result in -nonexact matches when performing color name mnemonic lookups. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\nwl -XPM Manual by Arnaud Le Hors (lehors@mirsa.inria.fr). -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1990 by Mark W. Snitily. - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -implied warranty. - -This tool was developed for Schlumberger Technologies, ATE Division, and -with their permission is being made available to the public with the above -copyright notice and permission notice. - -Upgraded to XPM2 by - Paul Breslaw, Mecasoft SA, Zurich, Switzerland (paul@mecazh.uu.ch) - Thu Nov 8 16:01:17 1990 - -Upgraded to XPM version 3 by - Arnaud Le Hors (lehors@mirsa.inria.fr) - Tue Apr 9 1991 - - -% -% end of input file: ppmtoxpm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:00 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtoyuv.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtoyuv.1 -% -\phead{ppmtoyuv}{1}{25 March 91}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtoyuv -\shead{NAME} -ppmtoyuv - convert a portable pixmap into an Abekas YUV file -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtoyuv} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces an Abekas YUV file as output. -%.IX Abekas -\shead{SEE ALSO} -yuvtoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Marc Boucher (marc@PostImage.COM), -based on Example Conversion Program, A60/A64 Digital Video Interface -Manual, page 69. -\par -\copyright 1991 by DHD PostImage Inc. -\par -\copyright 1987 by Abekas Video Systems Inc. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtoyuv.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:11 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ppmtoyuvsplit.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ppmtoyuvsplit.1 -% -\phead{ppmtoyuvsplit}{1}{9 September 1993}{}{} - -%.IX ppmtoyuvsplit -\shead{NAME} -ppmtoyuvsplit - convert a portable pixmap into 3 subsampled raw YUV files -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ppmtoyuvsplit} -{\it basename} -{\rm [}{\it ppmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a portable pixmap as input. -Produces 3 raw files basename.Y, basename.U and basename.V as output. -These files are the subsampled raw YUV representation of the input -pixmap, as required by the Stanford MPEG codec. The subsampling is done -by arithmetic mean of 4 pixels colors into one. The YUV values are scaled -according to CCIR.601, as assumed by MPEG. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -mpeg(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Andre Beck. (Andre\_Beck@IRS.Inf.TU-Dresden.de). -\par -Based on ppmtoyuv.c. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ppmtoyuvsplit.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:33 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: psidtopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: psidtopgm.1 -% -\phead{psidtopgm}{1}{02 August 89}{}{} - -%.IX psidtopgm -\shead{NAME} -psidtopgm - convert PostScript ``image'' data into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf psidtopgm} -{\it width height bits/sample} -{\rm [}{\it imagedata}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads the ``image'' data from a PostScript file as input. -%.IX PostScript -Produces a portable graymap as output. -\par -This is a very simple and limited program, and is here only because -so many people have asked for it. -To use it you have to -{\bf manually} -extract the readhexstring data portion from your PostScript file, and then -give the width, height, and bits/sample on the command line. -Before you attempt this, you should -{\bf at least} -read the description of the ``image'' operator in the PostScript Language -Reference Manual. -\par -It would probably not be too hard to write a script that uses this filter -to read a specific variety of PostScript image, but the variation is too -great to make a general-purpose reader. -Unless, of course, you want to write a full-fledged PostScript interpreter... -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtops(1), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: psidtopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:00 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: qrttoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: qrttoppm.1 -% -\phead{qrttoppm}{1}{25 August 1989}{}{} - -%.IX qrttoppm -\shead{NAME} -qrttoppm - convert output from the QRT ray tracer into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf qrttoppm} -{\rm [}{\it qrtfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a QRT file as input. -%.IX "QRT raytracer" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: qrttoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:28 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: rasttopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: rasttopnm.1 -% -\phead{rasttopnm}{1}{13 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX rasttopnm -\shead{NAME} -rasttopnm - convert a Sun rasterfile into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf rasttopnm} -{\rm [}{\it rastfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Sun rasterfile as input. -%.IX Sun -%.IX rasterfile -Produces a portable anymap as output. -The type of the output file depends on the input file - if it's -black \& white, a -{\it pbm} -file is written, else if it's grayscale a -{\it pgm} -file, else a -{\it ppm} -file. The program tells you which type it is writing. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtorast(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: rasttopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:34 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: rawtopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: rawtopgm.1 -% -\phead{rawtopgm}{1}{15 June 1993}{}{} - -%.IX rawtopgm -\shead{NAME} -rawtopgm - convert raw grayscale bytes into a portable graymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf rawtopgm} -{\rm [}{\bf -headerskip} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rowskip} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -tb}{\rm $|$}{\bf -topbottom}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it width} -{\it height}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it imagedata}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads raw grayscale bytes as input. -%.IX "raw grayscale" -Produces a portable graymap as output. -The input file is just grayscale bytes. -If you don't specify the width and height on the command line, -the program will check the size of the image and try to make -a quadratic image of it. It is an error to supply a non -quadratic image without specifying width and height. -The maxval is assumed to be 255. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -headerskip}} -\item[{{\bf -headerskip}}] -If the file has a header, you can use this flag to -skip over it. -\item[{{\bf -rowskip}}] -If there is padding at the ends of the rows, you can skip it with this flag. -Note that rowskip can be a real number. -Amazingly, I once had an image with 0.376 bytes of padding per row. -This turned out to be due to a file-transfer problem, but I was still -able to read the image. -\item[{{\bf -tb -topbottom}}] -Flips the image upside down. -The first pixel in a pgm file is in the lower left corner of the image. -For conversion from images with the first pixel in the upper left corner -({\it e.g.}, the Molecular Dynamics and Leica confocal formats) this flips the -image right. -This is equivalent to -{\bf rawtopgm\ [file]\ $|$\ pnmflip\ -tb .} -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{BUGS} -If you don't specify the image width and height, the program will -try to read the entire image to a memory buffer. If you get a -message that states that you are out of memory, try to specify the width -and height on the command line. Also, the -tb option consumes much -memory. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pgm(5), rawtoppm(1), pnmflip(1) -\shead{AUTHORS} -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -\nwl -Modified June 1993 by Oliver Trepte (oliver@fysik4.kth.se). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: rawtopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:01 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: rawtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: rawtoppm.1 -% -\phead{rawtoppm}{1}{06 February 1991}{}{} - -%.IX rawtoppm -\shead{NAME} -rawtoppm - convert raw RGB bytes into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf rawtoppm} -{\rm [}{\bf -headerskip} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rowskip} -{\it N}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -rgb}{\rm $|$}{\bf -rbg}{\rm $|$}{\bf -grb} -{\rm $|$}{\bf -gbr}{\rm $|$}{\bf -brg}{\rm $|$}{\bf -bgr} -{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -interpixel}{\rm $|$}{\bf -interrow}{\rm ]} -{\it width height} -{\rm [}{\it imagedata}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads raw RGB bytes as input. -%.IX "raw RGB" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -The input file is just RGB bytes. -You have to specify the width and height on the command line, -since the program obviously can't get them from the file. -The maxval is assumed to be 255. -If the resulting image is upside down, run it through -{\bf pnmflip\ -tb .} -%.IX pnmflip -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -headerskip}} -\item[{{\bf -headerskip}}] -If the file has a header, you can use this flag to -skip over it. -\item[{{\bf -rowskip}}] -If there is padding at the ends of the rows, you can skip it with this flag. -\item[{{\bf -rgb -rbg -grb -gbr -brg -bgr}}] -These flags let you specify alternate color orders. The default is -{\bf -rgb}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -interpixel -interrow}}] -These flags let you specify how the colors are interleaved. -The default is -{\bf -interpixel}{\rm ,} -meaning interleaved by pixel. -A byte of red, a byte of green, and a byte -of blue, or whatever color order you specified. -{\bf -interrow} -means interleaved by row - a row of red, a row of green, a row of blue, -assuming standard rgb color order. -An -{\bf -interplane} -flag - all the red pixels, then all the green, then all the blue - would -be an obvious extension, but is not implemented. -You could get the same effect by splitting the file into three parts -(perhaps using -{\it dd}{\rm ),} -turning each part into a PGM file with rawtopgm, and then combining them -with rgb3toppm. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), rawtopgm(1), rgb3toppm(1), pnmflip(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: rawtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:02 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: rgb3toppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: rgb3toppm.1 -% -\phead{rgb3toppm}{1}{15 February 1990}{}{} - -%.IX rgb3toppm -\shead{NAME} -rgb3toppm - combine three portable graymaps into one portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf rgb3toppm} -{\it redpgmfile greenpgmfile bluepgmfile} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads three portable graymaps as input. -Combines them and produces one portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtorgb3(1), pgmtoppm(1), ppmtopgm(1), ppm(5), pgm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: rgb3toppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:32 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: sirtopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: sirtopnm.1 -% -\phead{sirtopnm}{1}{20 March 1991}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -sirtopnm - convert a Solitaire file into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf sirtopnm} -{\rm [}{\it sirfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Solitaire Image Recorder file as input. -Produces a portable anymap as output. -The type of the output file depends on the input file - if it's -an MGI TYPE 17 file, a -{\it pgm} -file is written. If it's an MGI TYPE 11 file, a -{\it ppm} -file is written. The program tells you which type it is writing. -\shead{BUGS} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtosir(1), pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Marvin Landis. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. - -% -% end of input file: sirtopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:02 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: sldtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: sldtoppm.1 -% -\phead{sldtoppm}{1}{10 October 1991}{}{} - -%.IX sldtoppm -%.IX AutoCAD -\shead{NAME} -sldtoppm - convert an AutoCAD slide file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -\raggedright -{\bf sldtoppm} -'in 14n -{\rm [}{\bf -adjust}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -dir}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -height}{\rm $|$}{\bf -ysize} -{\it s}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -info}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -lib}{\rm $|$}{\bf -Lib} -{\it name}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -scale} -{\it s}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -verbose}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\bf -width}{\rm $|$}{\bf -xsize} -{\it s}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it slidefile}{\rm ]} -\ind{-7.0em} -%.ad -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an AutoCAD{l}ide file and outputs a portable pixmap. -If no -{\it slidefile} -is specified, input is read from standard input. -The ppmdraw library is used to convert the vector and polygon -information in the slide file to a pixmap; see the file ppmdraw.h for -details on this package. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -adjust}} -\item[{{\bf -adjust}}] -If the display on which the slide file was created had non-square -pixels, when the slide is processed with -{\bf sldtoppm} -and the -{\bf -adjust} -option is not present, the following warning will appear: -\ind{-6.8in} -Warning - pixels on source screen were non-square. -\nwl -Specifying -{\bf -adjust} -will correct image width to compensate. -\ind{-7.0in} -Specifying the -{\bf -adjust} -option causes -{\bf sldtoppm} -to scale the width of the image so that pixels in the resulting -portable pixmap are square (and hence circles appear as true circles, -not ellipses). The scaling is performed in the vector domain, before -scan converting the objects. The results are, therefore, superior in -appearance to what you'd obtain were you to perform the equivalent -scaling with -{\bf pnmscale} -after the bitmap had been created. -\item[{{\bf -dir}}] -The input is assumed to be an AutoCAD slide library file. A directory -listing each slide in the library is printed on standard error. -\item[{{\bf -height}{\it \ size} -}] -Scales the image in the vector domain so it is -{\it size} -pixels in height. If no -{\bf -width} -or -{\bf -xsize} -option is specified, the width will be adjusted to preserve the -pixel aspect ratio. -\item[{{\bf -info}}] -Dump the slide file header on standard error, displaying the original -screen size and aspect ratio among other information. -\item[{{\bf -lib}{\it \ name} -}] -Extracts the slide with the given -{\it name} -from the slide library given as input. The specified -{\it name} -is converted to upper case. -\item[{{\bf -Lib}{\it \ name} -}] -Extracts the slide with the given -{\it name} -from the slide library given as input. The -{\it name} -is used exactly as specified; it is not converted to upper case. -\item[{{\bf -scale}{\it \ s} -}] -Scales the image by factor -{\it s}{\rm ,} -which may be any floating point value greater than zero. Scaling is -done after aspect ratio adjustment, if any. Since scaling is -performed in the vector domain, before rasterisation, the results look -much better than running the output of -{\bf sldtoppm} -through -{\bf pnmscale}{\rm .} -\item[{{\bf -verbose}}] -Dumps the slide file header and lists every vector and polygon in the -file on standard error. -\item[{{\bf -width}{\it \ size} -}] -Scales the image in the vector domain so it is -{\it size} -pixels wide. If no -{\bf -height} -or -{\bf -ysize} -option is specified, the height will be adjusted to preserve the -pixel aspect ratio. -\item[{{\bf -xsize}{\it \ size} -}] -Scales the image in the vector domain so it is -{\it size} -pixels wide. If no -{\bf -height} -or -{\bf -ysize} -option is specified, the height will be adjusted to preserve the -pixel aspect ratio. -\item[{{\bf -ysize}{\it \ size} -}] -Scales the image in the vector domain so it is -{\it size} -pixels in height. If no -{\bf -width} -or -{\bf -xsize} -option is specified, the width will be adjusted to preserve the -pixel aspect ratio. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{BUGS} -Only Level 2 slides are converted. Level 1 format has been obsolete -since the advent of AutoCAD Release 9 in 1987, and was not portable -across machine architectures. -\par -Slide library items with names containing 8 bit (such as ISO) or 16 -bit (Kanji, for example) characters may not be found when chosen with the -{\bf -lib} -option unless -{\bf sldtoppm} -has been built with character set conversion functions appropriate to -the locale. You can always retrieve slides from libraries regardless -of the character set by using the -{\bf -Lib} -option and specifying the precise name of library member. Use the -{\bf -dir} -option to list the slides in a library if you're unsure of the -exact name. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -AutoCAD Reference Manual: -{\it Slide\ File\ Format}{\rm ,} -{\bf pnmscale}{\rm (1),} -{\bf ppm}{\rm (5)} -\shead{AUTHOR} -\ind{1\parindent}{\nofill - John Walker - Autodesk SA - Avenue des Champs-Montants 14b - CH-2074 MARIN - Suisse/Schweiz/Svizzera/Svizra/Switzerland -\fill} -\begin{TPlist}{Usenet:} -\item[{Usenet:}] -kelvin@Autodesk.com -\item[{Fax:}] -038/33 88 15 -\item[{Voice:}] -038/33 76 33 -\end{TPlist} - -\par -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -without any conditions or restrictions. This software is provided ``as -is'' without express or implied warranty. -\par -AutoCAD and Autodesk are registered trademarks of Autodesk, Inc. -% -% end of input file: sldtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:03 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: spctoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: spctoppm.1 -% -\phead{spctoppm}{1}{19 July 1990}{}{} - -%.IX spctoppm -\shead{NAME} -spctoppm - convert an Atari compressed Spectrum file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf spctoppm} -{\rm [}{\it spcfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Atari compressed Spectrum file as input. -%.IX Atari -%.IX Spectrum -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -sputoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Steve Belczyk (seb3@gte.com) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: spctoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:37 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: spottopgm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: spottopgm.1 -% -\phead{spottopgm}{1L}{}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -spottopgm -- convert SPOT satellite images to Portable Greymap format -\shead{SYNTAX} -spottopgm [--1$|$2$|$3] [Firstcol Firstline Lastcol Lastline] inputfile -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf --1$|$2$|$3}} -\item[{{\bf --1$|$2$|$3}}] -Extract the given colour from the SPOT image. The colours are infra-red, -visible light and ultra-violet, although I don't know which corresponds -to which number. If the image is in colour, this will be announced on -standard error. The default colour is 1. -\item[{{\bf Firstcol Firstline Lastcol Lastline}}] -Extract the specified rectangle from the SPOT image. Most SPOT images are -3000 lines long and 3000 or more columns wide. Unfortunately the SPOT format -only gives the width and not the length. The width is printed on standard -error. The default rectangle is the width of the input image by 3000 lines. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -{\it Spottopgm} -converts the named -{\bf inputfile} -into Portable Greymap format, defaulting to the first color and the whole -SPOT image unless specified by the options. -\shead{INSTALLATION} -You -{\bf must} -edit the source program and either define BIGENDIAN or LITTLEENDIAN, -and fix the typedefs for uint32t, uint16t and uint8t appropriately. -\shead{BUGS} -Currently -{\it spottopgm} -doesn't determine the length of the input file; this would involve two -passes over the input file. It defaults to 3000 lines instead. -\par -{\it Spottopgm} -could extract a three-color image (ppm), but I didn't feel like making the -program more complicated than it is now. Besides, there is no one-to-one -correspondence between red, green, blue and infra-red, visible and -ultra-violet. -\par -I've only had a limited number of SPOT images to play with, and therefore -wouldn't guarantee that this will work on any other images. -\shead{AUTHOR} -Warren Toomey wkt@csadfa.cs.adfa.oz.au -\shead{SEE ALSO} -The rest of the Pbmplus suite. -% -% end of input file: spottopgm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:03 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: sputoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: sputoppm.1 -% -\phead{sputoppm}{1}{19 July 1990}{}{} - -%.IX sputoppm -\shead{NAME} -sputoppm - convert an Atari uncompressed Spectrum file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf sputoppm} -{\rm [}{\it spufile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Atari uncompressed Spectrum file as input. -%.IX Atari -%.IX Spectrum -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -spctoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Steve Belczyk (seb3@gte.com) and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: sputoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:04 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: tgatoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: tgatoppm.1 -% -\phead{tgatoppm}{1}{26 August 1989}{}{} - -%.IX tgatoppm -\shead{NAME} -tgatoppm - convert TrueVision Targa file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf tgatoppm} -{\rm [}{\bf -debug}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it tgafile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a TrueVision Targa file as input. -%.IX TrueVision -%.IX Targa -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -debug}} -\item[{{\bf -debug}}] -Causes the header information to be dumped to stderr. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -%.BUGS -Should really be in PNM, not PPM. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtotga(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Partially based on tga2rast, version 1.0, by Ian J. MacPhedran. - -\copyright 1989 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: tgatoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:36 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: tifftopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: tifftopnm.1 -% -\phead{tifftopnm}{1}{13 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX tifftopnm -\shead{NAME} -tifftopnm - convert a TIFF file into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf tifftopnm} -{\rm [}{\bf -headerdump}{\rm ]} -{\rm tifffile} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a TIFF file as input. -%.IX TIFF -Produces a portable anymap as output. -The type of the output file depends on the input file - if it's -black \& white, a -{\it pbm} -file is written, else if it's grayscale a -{\it pgm} -file, else a -{\it ppm} -file. The program tells you which type it is writing. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -headerdump}} -\item[{{\bf -headerdump}}] -Dump TIFF file information to stderr. This information may be useful -in debugging TIFF file conversion problems. -\end{TPlist} - -\par -All flags can be abbreviated to their shortest unique prefix. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtotiff(1), pnm(5) -\shead{BUGS} -This program is not self-contained. To use it you must fetch the -TIFF Software package listed in the OTHER.SYSTEMS file and configure -PBMPLUS to use libtiff. See PBMPLUS's Makefile for details on this -configuration. -\shead{AUTHOR} -Derived by Jef Poskanzer from tif2ras.c, which is -\copyright 1990 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.\hfil\break -Author: Patrick J. Naughton (naughton@wind.sun.com). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -% supporting documentation. -% -% This file is provided AS IS with no warranties of any kind. The author -% shall have no liability with respect to the infringement of copyrights, -% trade secrets or any patents by this file or any part thereof. In no -% event will the author be liable for any lost revenue or profits or -% other special, indirect and consequential damages. -% -% end of input file: tifftopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:14 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: xbmtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: xbmtopbm.1 -% -\phead{xbmtopbm}{1}{31 August 1988}{}{} - -%.IX xbmtopbm -\shead{NAME} -xbmtopbm - convert an X11 or X10 bitmap into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf xbmtopbm} -{\rm [}{\it bitmapfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an X11 or X10 bitmap as input. -Produces a portable bitmap as output. -%.IX "X bitmap" -%.IX "X window system" -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtoxbm(1), pbmtox10bm(1), pbm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1988 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: xbmtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:05 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ximtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ximtoppm.1 -% -\phead{ximtoppm}{1}{25 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ximtoppm -\shead{NAME} -ximtoppm - convert an Xim file into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ximtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it ximfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an Xim file as input. -%.IX Xim -%.IX "X window system" -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -The Xim toolkit is included in the contrib tree of the X.V11R4 release. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ximtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:05 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: xpmtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: xpmtoppm.1 -% -\phead{xpmtoppm}{1}{16 August 1990}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -xpmtoppm - convert an X11 pixmap into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf xpmtoppm} -{\rm [}{\it xpmfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads an X11 pixmap (XPM version 1 or 3) as input. -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{KNOWN BUGS} -The support to XPM version 3 is limited. Comments can only be single lines -and there must be for every pixel a default colorname for a color type visual. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtoxpm(1), ppm(5) -\nwl -XPM Manual by Arnaud Le Hors (lehors@mirsa.inria.fr). -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -Upgraded to support XPM version 3 by Arnaud Le Hors -(lehors@mirsa.inria.fr) Tue Apr 9 1991. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: xpmtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Mon Feb 7 08:46:26 1994 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: xvminitoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: xvminitoppm.1 -% -\phead{xvminitoppm}{1}{14 December 1993}{}{} - -\shead{NAME} -xvminitoppm - convert a XV ``thumbnail'' picture to PPM -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf xvminitoppm} -{\rm [}{\it xvminipic}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a XV ``thumbnail'' picture (a miniature picture generated by -the ``VisualSchnauzer'' browser) as input. -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppm(5), xv(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Copyright (C) 1993 by Ingo Wilken -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: xvminitoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:28 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: xwdtopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: xwdtopnm.1 -% -\phead{xwdtopnm}{1}{11 January 1991}{}{} - -%.IX xwdtopnm -\shead{NAME} -xwdtopnm - convert a X11 or X10 window dump file into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf xwdtopnm} -{\rm [}{\it xwdfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a X11 or X10 window dump file as input. -%.IX XWD -%.IX "X window system" -Produces a portable anymap as output. -The type of the output file depends on the input file - if it's -black \& white, a -{\it pbm} -file is written, else if it's grayscale a -{\it pgm} -file, else a -{\it ppm} -file. The program tells you which type it is writing. -\par -Using this program, you can convert anything on an X workstation's screen -into an anymap. -Just display whatever you're interested in, do an xwd, run it through -xwdtopnm, and then use pnmcut to select the part you want. -\shead{BUGS} -I haven't tested this tool with very many configurations, so there are -probably bugs. -Please let me know if you find any. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnmtoxwd(1), pnm(5), xwd(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: xwdtopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:08:14 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: ybmtopbm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: ybmtopbm.1 -% -\phead{ybmtopbm}{1}{06 March 1990}{}{} - -%.IX ybmtopbm -\shead{NAME} -ybmtopbm - convert a Bennet Yee ``face'' file into a portable bitmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf ybmtopbm} -{\rm [}{\it facefile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a file acceptable to the -{\it face} -and -{\it xbm} -programs by Bennet Yee (bsy+@cs.cmu.edu). -%.IX face -Writes a portable bitmap as output. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pbmtoybm(1), pbm(5), face(1), face(5), xbm(1) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1991 by Jamie Zawinski and Jef Poskanzer. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: ybmtopbm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:12 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: yuvsplittoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: yuvsplittoppm.1 -% -\phead{yuvsplittoppm}{1}{26 August 93}{}{} - -%.IX yuvsplittoppm -\shead{NAME} -yuvplittoppm - convert a Y- an U- and a V-file into a portable pixmap. -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf yuvsplittoppm} -{\it basename width height} -[-ccir601] -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads three files, containing the YUV components, as input. -These files are -{\it basename} -Y, -{\it basename} -U -and -{\it basename} -.V . -Produces a portable pixmap on stdout. - -Since the YUV files are raw files, the dimensions -{\it width} -and -{\it height} -must be specified on the command line. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -ccir601}} -\item[{{\bf -ccir601}}] -Assumes that the YUV triplets are scaled into the smaller range of the -CCIR 601 (MPEG) standard. Else, the JFIF (JPEG) standard is assumed. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtoyuvsplit(1), yuvtoppm(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Marcel Wijkstra (wijkstra@fwi.uva.nl), based on {\it ppmtoyuvsplit.} -% -% end of input file: yuvsplittoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:06 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: yuvtoppm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: yuvtoppm.1 -% -\phead{yuvtoppm}{1}{25 March 91}{}{} - -%.IX yuvtoppm -\shead{NAME} -yuvtoppm - convert Abekas YUV bytes into a portable pixmap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf yuvtoppm} -{\it width height} -{\rm [}{\it imagedata}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads raw Abekas YUV bytes as input. -%.IX Abekas -Produces a portable pixmap as output. -The input file is just YUV bytes. -You have to specify the width and height on the command line, -since the program obviously can't get them from the file. -The maxval is assumed to be 255. -\shead{SEE ALSO} -ppmtoyuv(1), ppm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -Marc Boucher (marc@PostImage.COM), -based on Example Conversion Program, A60/A64 Digital Video Interface -Manual, page 69. -\par -\copyright 1991 by DHD PostImage Inc. -\par -\copyright 1987 by Abekas Video Systems Inc. -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: yuvtoppm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- - -% -*-LaTeX-*- -% Converted automatically from troff to LaTeX -% by tr2latex ($Revision: 2.2 $$Date: 1992/04/27 15:13:26 $ by C. Engel) -% on Fri Oct 8 16:09:34 1993 -% tr2latex was written by Kamal Al-Yahya at Stanford University -% (Kamal%Hanauma@SU-SCORE.ARPA) -% and substantially enhanced by Christian Engel at RWTH Aachen -% (krischan@informatik.rwth-aachen.de). -% -% troff input file: zeisstopnm.1 - -\newpage -%-------------------------------------------------- -% start of input file: zeisstopnm.1 -% -\phead{zeisstopnm}{1}{15 June 1993}{}{} - -%.IX zeisstopnm -\shead{NAME} -zeisstopnm - convert a Zeiss confocal file into a portable anymap -\shead{SYNOPSIS} -{\bf zeisstopnm} -{\rm [}{\it -pgm} -$|$ -{\it -ppm}{\rm ]} -{\rm [}{\it zeissfile}{\rm ]} -\shead{DESCRIPTION} -Reads a Zeiss confocal file as input. -Produces a portable anymap as output. -The type of the output file depends on the input file - -if it's grayscale a -{\it pgm} -file, else a -{\it ppm} -file will be produced. -The program tells you which type it is writing. -\shead{OPTIONS} -\begin{TPlist}{{\bf -pgm}} -\item[{{\bf -pgm}}] -Force the output to be a -{\it pgm} -file. -\item[{{\bf -ppm}}] -Force the output to be a -{\it ppm} -file. -\end{TPlist} - -\shead{SEE ALSO} -pnm(5) -\shead{AUTHOR} -\copyright 1993 by Oliver Trepte (oliver@fysik4.kth.se). -% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided -% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -% copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -% documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or -% implied warranty. -% -% end of input file: zeisstopnm.1 -%-------------------------------------------------- -\end{document} |